Document Outline

• Jacket -
  • Cover -
    • Graphic -
    • Graphic -
    • Title -
      • CapLetter -
• Intro -
  • Para -
    • Graphic -
  • Para - C240 C320
  • Para - Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes-Benz.
  • Para - Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name. Furthe...
  • Para - Your Mercedes-Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen. To ensu...
  • ItemizedList - • Please read this manual carefully before putting it aside. Then return it to you...
    • Item - • Please read this manual carefully before putting it aside. Then return it to your vehicl...
    • Item - • Please abide by the recommendations contained in this manual. They are designed to acqua...
    • Item - • Please abide by the warnings and cautions contained in this manual. They are designed to...
  • Para - We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe, pleasurable driving.
  • Para - Daimler
• ToC - Introduction
  • Title - Introduction
  • ToCEntry - Product information 1
  • ToCEntry - Operator’s manual 2
  • ToCEntry - Where to find it 7
  • ToCEntry - Reporting Safety Defects 9
  • Title - Instruments and controls
  • ToCEntry - Instruments and controls 12
  • ToCEntry - Door control panel 14
    • ToCSubEntry - Door control panel 14
    • ToCSubEntry - Overhead control panel 15
    • ToCSubEntry - Dashboard 16
    • ToCSubEntry - Center console 18
  • Title - Operation
  • ToCEntry - Vehicle keys 22
  • ToCEntry - Start lock-out 24
  • ToCEntry - General notes on the central locking system 24
  • ToCEntry - Central locking system 25
  • ToCEntry - Radio frequency and infrared remote control 25
    • ToCSubEntry - Radio frequency and infrared remote control 25
    • ToCSubEntry - Locking and unlocking 27
    • ToCSubEntry - Choosing global or selective mode on remote control 27
    • ToCSubEntry - Opening the trunk 28
    • ToCSubEntry - Opening and closing windows and sliding / pop-up roof from outside 29
    • ToCSubEntry - Panic button 30
    • ToCSubEntry - Mechanical keys 30
  • ToCEntry - Doors 31
  • ToCEntry - Central locking switch 33
  • ToCEntry - Automatic central locking 34
  • ToCEntry - Emergency unlocking in case of accident 34
  • ToCEntry - Trunk 35
  • ToCEntry - Trunk lid release switch 37
  • ToCEntry - Antitheft alarm system 38
  • ToCEntry - Tow-away alarm 39
  • ToCEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
  • ToCEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
  • ToCEntry - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 47
  • ToCEntry - Multicontour seat 49
  • ToCEntry - Heated seats 50
  • ToCEntry - Rear seat head restraints 52
  • ToCEntry - Seat belts and integrated restraint system 55
  • ToCEntry - Seat belts 55
  • ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning system 56
  • ToCEntry - BabySmart
  • ToCEntry - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) 63
  • ToCEntry - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR) 64
  • ToCEntry - Airbags 65
  • ToCEntry - Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag 72
  • ToCEntry - Infant and child restraint systems 73
  • ToCEntry - Steering wheel adjustment (manual) 77
  • ToCEntry - Steering wheel adjustment (electrical) 79
  • ToCEntry - Rear view mirrors 80
  • ToCEntry - Instrument cluster 88
  • ToCEntry - Multifunction steering wheel, multifunction display 92
  • ToCEntry - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indi...
  • ToCEntry - Audio systems 98
  • ToCEntry - Radio 98
    • ToCSubEntry - Radio 98
    • ToCSubEntry - CD player 99
    • ToCSubEntry - Cassette player 100
  • ToCEntry - Telephone 101
  • ToCEntry - Navigation system 106
  • ToCEntry - Trip computer 107
  • ToCEntry - Malfunction/warning message memory 109
  • ToCEntry - Individual settings 111
  • ToCEntry - Setting the audio volume 123
  • ToCEntry - Coolant temperature gauge 124
  • ToCEntry - Flexible service system (FSS) 125
  • ToCEntry - Engine oil level indicator 128
  • ToCEntry - Engine oil consumption 129
  • ToCEntry - Exterior lamp switch 130
  • ToCEntry - Headlamp mode 131
  • ToCEntry - Night security illumination 132
  • ToCEntry - Locator lighting 133
    • ToCSubEntry - Locator lighting 133
  • ToCEntry - Headlamp cleaning system 133
  • ToCEntry - Combination switch 134
  • ToCEntry - Hazard warning flasher switch 137
  • ToCEntry - Climate control 138
  • ToCEntry - Automatic climate control 146
  • ToCEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
  • ToCEntry - Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets 159
  • ToCEntry - Operation Audio and telephone 160
  • ToCEntry - Operating safety 160
  • ToCEntry - Operating and display elements 161
  • ToCEntry - Button and soft key operation 163
  • ToCEntry - Operation 163
  • ToCEntry - Power windows 184
  • ToCEntry - Sliding/pop-up roof 187
  • ToCEntry - Interior lighting 189
  • ToCEntry - Rear window sunshade 191
  • ToCEntry - Sun visors 192
  • ToCEntry - Vanity mirrors 192
  • ToCEntry - Interior 193
  • ToCEntry - Storage compartments and armrests 193
  • ToCEntry - Glove box 194
    • ToCSubEntry - Glove box 194
  • ToCEntry - Cup holder 197
  • ToCEntry - Ashtrays 199
  • ToCEntry - Lighter 201
  • ToCEntry - Parcel net in front passenger footwell 202
  • ToCEntry - Ski sack 202
  • ToCEntry - Enlarged cargo area 207
  • ToCEntry - Split folding rear seat bench 207
  • ToCEntry - Loading instructions (vehicle with enlarged cargo area) 209
  • ToCEntry - Cellular telephone 210
  • ToCEntry - Telephone, general 211
  • ToCEntry - Garage door opener 212
  • Title - Driving
  • ToCEntry - Control and operation of radio transmitters 218
  • ToCEntry - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km) 219
  • ToCEntry - Maintenance 219
  • ToCEntry - Tele Aid 220
  • ToCEntry - Catalytic converter 228
  • ToCEntry - Emission control 229
  • ToCEntry - Starter switch 230
  • ToCEntry - Starting and turning off the engine 232
  • ToCEntry - Manual transmission 233
  • ToCEntry - Automatic transmission 234
  • ToCEntry - Parking brake 243
  • ToCEntry - Driving instructions 244
  • ToCEntry - Drive sensibly – Save Fuel 244
    • ToCSubEntry - Drive sensibly – Save Fuel 244
    • ToCSubEntry - Drinking and driving 244
    • ToCSubEntry - Pedals 244
    • ToCSubEntry - Power assistance 245
    • ToCSubEntry - Brakes 245
    • ToCSubEntry - Driving off 246
    • ToCSubEntry - Parking 246
    • ToCSubEntry - Tires 247
    • ToCSubEntry - Snow chains 250
    • ToCSubEntry - Winter driving instructions 250
    • ToCSubEntry - Deep water 252
    • ToCSubEntry - Passenger compartment 253
    • ToCSubEntry - Traveling abroad 253
  • ToCEntry - Cruise control 254
  • ToCEntry - Brake assist system (BAS) 257
  • ToCEntry - Antilock brake system (ABS) 258
  • ToCEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) 260
  • ToCEntry - What you should know at the gas station 264
  • ToCEntry - Check regularly and before a long trip 266
  • Title - Instrument cluster display
  • ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 268
  • ToCEntry - On-board diagnostic system 268
  • ToCEntry - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 268
    • ToCSubEntry - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 268
    • ToCSubEntry - Brake warning lamp 270
    • ToCSubEntry - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp 271
    • ToCSubEntry - Fuel reserve warning 271
    • ToCSubEntry - ABS malfunction indicator lamp 272
    • ToCSubEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp 273
  • ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning lamp 273
  • ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console 273
  • ToCEntry - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 273
    • ToCSubEntry - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 273
  • ToCEntry - Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display 274
  • ToCEntry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 275
    • ToCSubEntry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 275
    • ToCSubEntry - BATTERY / ALTERNATOR 276
    • ToCSubEntry - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM 277
    • ToCSubEntry - BRAKE ASSIST 277
    • ToCSubEntry - BRAKE LINING WEAR 278
    • ToCSubEntry - BRAKE FLUID 278
    • ToCSubEntry - PARKING BRAKE 279
    • ToCSubEntry - SEAT BELT SYSTEM 279
    • ToCSubEntry - ELEC. STABIL. PROG. (Electronic stability program) 280
    • ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant level) 281
    • ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant temperature) 282
    • ToCSubEntry - ENGINE OIL LEVEL 283
    • ToCSubEntry - LIGHTING SYSTEM 284
    • ToCSubEntry - LIGHT SENSOR 286
    • ToCSubEntry - DOOR 286
    • ToCSubEntry - TRUNK OPEN 287
    • ToCSubEntry - HOOD 287
    • ToCSubEntry - TELEPHONE – FUNCTION 288
    • ToCSubEntry - TELE AID 288
    • ToCSubEntry - WASHER FLUID 289
    • ToCSubEntry - RESTRAINT SYSTEM 290
    • ToCSubEntry - KEY 290
    • ToCSubEntry - FUEL RESERVE 291
    • ToCSubEntry - UNDERVOLTAGE 291
    • ToCSubEntry - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. 292
    • ToCSubEntry - ENTRANCE POSITION 292
  • Title - Practical hints
  • ToCEntry - First aid kit 294
  • ToCEntry - Stowing things in the vehicle 294
  • ToCEntry - Fuses 295
  • ToCEntry - Hood 297
  • ToCEntry - Checking engine oil level 300
  • ToCEntry - Automatic transmission fluid level 301
  • ToCEntry - Coolant level 301
  • ToCEntry - Adding coolant 302
    • ToCSubEntry - Adding coolant 302
  • ToCEntry - Windshield and headlamp washer system 302
  • ToCEntry - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment 304
  • ToCEntry - Vehicle jack 305
  • ToCEntry - Wheels 306
  • ToCEntry - Tire replacement 306
    • ToCSubEntry - Tire replacement 306
    • ToCSubEntry - Rotating wheels 307
  • ToCEntry - Spare wheel 308
  • ToCEntry - Changing wheels 309
  • ToCEntry - Tire inflation pressure 315
  • ToCEntry - Battery 316
  • ToCEntry - Jump starting 318
  • ToCEntry - Towing the vehicle 321
  • ToCEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
    • ToCSubEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
  • ToCEntry - Exterior lamps 326
  • ToCEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
    • ToCSubEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
  • ToCEntry - Trunk lamp 331
  • ToCEntry - Changing batteries in the electronic main key 332
  • ToCEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
    • ToCSubEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
  • ToCEntry - Emergency engine shut-down 334
  • ToCEntry - Fuel filler flap, manual release 335
  • ToCEntry - Replacing wiper blade insert 337
  • ToCEntry - Roof rack 338
  • Title - Vehicle care
  • ToCEntry - Cleaning and care of the vehicle 340
  • ToCEntry - Power washer 341
    • ToCSubEntry - Power washer 341
    • ToCSubEntry - Tar stains 341
    • ToCSubEntry - Paintwork, painted body components 341
    • ToCSubEntry - Engine cleaning 342
    • ToCSubEntry - Vehicle washing 342
    • ToCSubEntry - Ornamental moldings 343
    • ToCSubEntry - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses 343
    • ToCSubEntry - Window cleaning 343
    • ToCSubEntry - Wiper blade 343
    • ToCSubEntry - Light alloy wheels 344
    • ToCSubEntry - Instrument cluster 344
    • ToCSubEntry - Steering wheel and gear selector lever 344
    • ToCSubEntry - Cup holder 344
    • ToCSubEntry - Seat belts 345
    • ToCSubEntry - Headliner and shelf below rear window 345
    • ToCSubEntry - Leather upholstery 345
    • ToCSubEntry - Hard plastic trim items 345
    • ToCSubEntry - Plastic and rubber parts 345
  • Title - Technical data
  • ToCEntry - Spare parts service 348
  • ToCEntry - Warranty coverage 348
  • ToCEntry - Identification labels 349
  • ToCEntry - Layout of poly-V-belt drive 350
  • ToCEntry - Technical data 351
  • ToCEntry - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities 355
  • ToCEntry - Engine oils 357
  • ToCEntry - Engine oil additives 357
  • ToCEntry - Air conditioner refrigerant 357
  • ToCEntry - Brake fluid 357
  • ToCEntry - Premium unleaded gasoline 358
  • ToCEntry - Fuel requirements 358
  • ToCEntry - Gasoline additives 359
  • ToCEntry - Coolants 359
  • ToCEntry - Consumer information 361
  • ToCEntry - Uniform tire quality grading 361
  • Title - Index
  • ToCEntry - Index 364
• Intro - Introduction
  • Section - Introduction
    • Title - Introduction
      • Hypertext - Introduction
        • M-Hypertext - Introduction
      • Marker - Product information
        • M-ToCEntry - Product information
        • M-Title - Introduction
        • M-Index - Product information
    • Para - Kindly observe the following in your own best interest:
    • Para - We recommend using Mercedes-Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessorie...
    • Para - We have tested these parts to determine their reliability, safety and their special suitab...
    • Para - We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held respon...
    • Para - Mercedes-Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessories approved by us ar...
  • Section - Operator’s manual
    • Title - Operator’s manual
      • Marker - Operator’s manual
        • M-ToCEntry - Operator’s manual
    • Para - This Operator’s Manual contains a great deal of useful information. We urge you to read it...
    • Para - For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle, we urge you to follow the inst...
    • Para - Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual. Therefore, yo...
    • Subtitle - Service and warranty information
      • Bold - Service and warranty information
    • Para - The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warra...
    • ItemizedList - • New Car Limited Warranty,
      • Item - • New Car Limited Warranty,
      • Item - • Emission System Warranty,
      • Item - • Emission Performance Warranty,
      • Item - • California, Massachusetts, and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty (California, Mas...
      • Item - • State Warranty Enforcement Laws (Lemon Laws).
    • Subtitle - Important notice for California retail buyers of Mercedes-Benz automobiles
      • Bold - Important notice for California retail buyers of Mercedes-Benz automobiles
    • Para - Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of t...
    • Subtitle - Maintenance
      • Bold - Maintenance
    • Para - The Service Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed...
    • Para - Always have the Service Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your authorized Merc...
    • Subtitle - Roadside assistance
      • Bold - Roadside assistance
    • Para - The Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in t...
    • ItemizedList - 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)
      • Item - 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)
        • Bold - 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)
    • Para - will be answered by Mercedes-Benz Client Assistance Representatives 24hours a day, 365da...
    • Para - For additional information refer to the Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure...
    • Subtitle - Change of address or ownership
      • Bold - Change of address or ownership
    • Para - If you change your address, be sure to send in the
    • Para - If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it availab...
    • Para - If you bought this vehicle used, be sure to send in the
    • Subtitle - Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
      • Bold - Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
    • Para - If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries, please be aware that:
    • ItemizedList - • Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available,
      • Item - • Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available,
      • Item - • unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available; the use o...
      • Item - • gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating, and improper fuel can cause engine...
    • Para - Certain Mercedes-Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Deliv...
    • Table -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - In the USA:
          • Entry - In Canada:
        • Row -
          • Entry - Mercedes-Benz usa, LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale, NJ 07645...
          • Entry - Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. European Delivery Department 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto,...
    • Para - We continuously strive to improve our product, and ask for your understanding that we rese...
    • Para - Optional equipment is also described in this manual, including operating instructions wher...
    • Para - If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator’s Manu...
    • Para - The Operator’s Manual and Service Booklet are important documents and should be kept with ...
  • Section - Where to find it
    • Title - Where to find it
      • Marker - Where to find it
        • M-ToCEntry - Where to find it
        • M-Index - Where to find it
    • Para - The Operator’s Manual is divided into eight sections:
    • ItemizedList - • Instruments and controls:
      • Item - • Instruments and controls:
        • Bold - • Instruments and controls:
      • Item - • Operation:
        • Bold - • Operation:
      • Item - • Driving:
        • Bold - • Driving:
      • Item - • Instrument cluster display:
        • Bold - • Instrument cluster display:
      • Item - • Practical hints:
        • Bold - • Practical hints:
      • Item - • Car care:
        • Bold - • Car care:
      • Item - • Technical data:
        • Bold - • Technical data:
      • Item - • Index:
        • Bold - • Index:
    • Para - Other documents may also be supplied, depending on your vehicle’s equipment.
    • Para - Explanation of color used:
    • Table -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning notices for the protection of yourself and others appear on red background.
  • SpecSection - Problems with your vehicle
    • Title - Problems with your vehicle
      • Marker - Problems with your vehicle
        • M-Index - Problems with your vehicle
    • SimplePara - If you should experience a problem with your vehicle, particularly one that you beli...
    • DefinitionList - In the
      • Definition - In the
      • Item - Client Assistance Center Mercedes-Benz
      • Definition - In Canada:
      • Item - Customer Relations Department Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto,...
    • Code - For the
  • SpecSection - Reporting Safety Defects
    • Title - Reporting Safety Defects
      • Marker - Reporting Safety Defects
        • M-ToCEntry - Reporting Safety Defects
        • M-Index - Reporting Safety Defects
    • SimplePara - If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cau...
    • SimplePara - If
    • SimplePara - To contact
• ToC - Contents - Instruments and controls
  • Title - Contents - Instruments and controls
    • Marker - Contents - Instruments and controls
      • M-Title - Contents - Instruments and controls
  • ToCEntry - Instruments and controls 12
  • ToCEntry - Door control panel 14
    • ToCSubEntry - Door control panel 14
    • ToCSubEntry - Overhead control panel 15
    • ToCSubEntry - Dashboard 16
    • ToCSubEntry - Center console 18
• Part - Instruments and controls
  • Section - Instruments and controls
    • Title - Instruments and controls
      • Hypertext - Instruments and controls
        • M-Hypertext - Instruments and controls
      • Marker - Instruments and controls
        • M-ToCEntry - Instruments and controls
        • M-Title - Instruments and controls
        • M-Index - Instruments and controls
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.10-2213-29
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Door control panel, see page
      • Item - 1 Door control panel, see page
      • Item - 2 Overhead control panel, see page
      • Item - 3 Dashboard, see page
      • Item - 4 Center console, see page
    • Subsection - Door control panel
      • Title - Door control panel
        • Marker - Door control panel
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Door control panel
          • M-Index - Door control panel
          • M-Index - Instruments and controls:Door control panel
          • M-GraphicNum - P68.10-0650-27
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Door handle, pull to open, see page
        • Item - 1 Door handle, pull to open, see page
        • Item - 2 Memory function (for storing seat, steering wheel and exterior rear view mirror settings...
        • Item - 3 Front seat adjustment, see page
        • Item - 4 Steering wheel adjustment, see page
        • Item - 5 Power windows, see page
        • Item - 6 Switch for rear door window override, see page
        • Item - 7 Trunk lid release switch, see page
    • Subsection - Overhead control panel
      • Title - Overhead control panel
        • Marker - Overhead control panel
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Overhead control panel
          • M-GraphicNum - P82.00-0652-27
          • M-Index - Overhead control panel
          • M-Index - Instruments and controls:Overhead control panel
        • Bold - Overhead control panel
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Interior lighting, see page
        • Item - 1 Interior lighting, see page
        • Item - 2 Tele Aid (emergency call system), see page
        • Item - 3 Sliding/pop-up roof, see page
        • Item - 4 Hands-free microphone for Tele Aid and optional telephone with voice recognition system
        • Item - 5 Rear view mirror, see page
        • Item - 6 Garage door opener, see page
    • Subsection - Dashboard
      • Title - Dashboard
        • Marker - Dashboard
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Dashboard
          • M-GraphicNum - P68.10-2193-29
          • M-Index - Dashboard
          • M-Index - Instruments and controls:Dashboard
        • Bold - Dashboard
      • Figure -
        • Display -
      • OrderedList - 1 Hood lock release, see page
        • Item - 1 Hood lock release, see page
        • Item - 2 Parking brake pedal, see page
        • Item - 3 Steering wheel adjustment (manual), see page
        • Item - 4 Parking brake release, see page
        • Item - 5 Exterior lamp switch, see page
        • Item - 6 Combination switch, see page
        • Item - 7 Exterior mirror adjustment, see page
        • Item - 8 Headlamp washer button, see page
        • Item - 9 Cruise control switch, see page
        • Item - 10 Multifunction steering wheel, see page
        • Item - 11 Instrument cluster, see page
        • Item - 12 Voice recognition system switch, see separate operating instructions
        • Item - 13 Starter switch, see page
        • Item - 14 Glove box lid release, see page
        • Item - 15 Glove box lock, see page
    • Subsection - Center console
      • Title - Center console
        • Marker - Center console
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Center console
          • M-GraphicNum - P68.10-2194-27
          • M-Index - Center console
          • M-Index - Instruments and controls:Center console
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Left front seat heater switch, see page
        • Item - 1 Left front seat heater switch, see page
        • Item - 2 Rear window sunshade (optional), see page
        • Item - 3 ESP (electronic stability program) control switch, see page
        • Item - 4 Hazard warning flasher switch, see page
        • Item - 5 Central locking switch, see page
        • Item - 6 Rear seat head restraints, see page
        • Item - 7 Antitheft alarm system, see page
        • Item - 8 Right front seat heater switch, see page
        • Item - 9 AIRBAG OFF
          • CapLetter - 9 AIRBAG OFF
        • Item - 10 COMAND system (optional), see separate operatinginstructions, or audio system, see page
        • Item - 11 Climate control (C240), see page
        • Item - 12 Ashtray, see page
        • Item - 13 Automatic transmission, see page
        • Item - 14 Storage compartment, see page
        • Item - 15 Armrest, see page
• ToC - Contents - Operation
  • Title - Contents - Operation
    • Marker - Contents - Operation
      • M-Title - Contents - Operation
  • ToCEntry - Vehicle keys 22
  • ToCEntry - Start lock-out 24
  • ToCEntry - General notes on the central locking system 24
  • ToCEntry - Central locking system 25
  • ToCEntry - Radio frequency and infrared remote control 25
    • ToCSubEntry - Radio frequency and infrared remote control 25
    • ToCSubEntry - Locking and unlocking 27
    • ToCSubEntry - Choosing global or selective mode on remote control 27
    • ToCSubEntry - Opening the trunk 28
    • ToCSubEntry - Opening and closing windows and sliding / pop-up roof from outside 29
    • ToCSubEntry - Panic button 30
    • ToCSubEntry - Mechanical keys 30
  • ToCEntry - Doors 31
  • ToCEntry - Central locking switch 33
  • ToCEntry - Automatic central locking 34
  • ToCEntry - Emergency unlocking in case of accident 34
  • ToCEntry - Trunk 35
  • ToCEntry - Trunk lid release switch 37
  • ToCEntry - Antitheft alarm system 38
  • ToCEntry - Tow-away alarm 39
  • ToCEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
  • ToCEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
  • ToCEntry - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 47
  • ToCEntry - Multicontour seat 49
  • ToCEntry - Heated seats 50
  • ToCEntry - Rear seat head restraints 52
  • ToCEntry - Seat belts and integrated restraint system 55
  • ToCEntry - Seat belts 55
  • ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning system 56
  • ToCEntry - BabySmart
  • ToCEntry - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) 63
  • ToCEntry - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR) 64
  • ToCEntry - Airbags 65
  • ToCEntry - Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag 72
  • ToCEntry - Infant and child restraint systems 73
  • ToCEntry - Steering wheel adjustment (manual) 77
  • ToCEntry - Steering wheel adjustment (electrical) 79
  • ToCEntry - Rear view mirrors 80
  • ToCEntry - Instrument cluster 88
  • ToCEntry - Multifunction steering wheel, multifunction display 92
  • ToCEntry - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indi...
  • ToCEntry - Audio systems 98
  • ToCEntry - Radio 98
    • ToCSubEntry - Radio 98
    • ToCSubEntry - CD player 99
    • ToCSubEntry - Cassette player 100
  • ToCEntry - Telephone 101
  • ToCEntry - Navigation system 106
  • ToCEntry - Trip computer 107
  • ToCEntry - Malfunction/warning message memory 109
  • ToCEntry - Individual settings 111
  • ToCEntry - Setting the audio volume 123
  • ToCEntry - Coolant temperature gauge 124
  • ToCEntry - Flexible service system (FSS) 125
  • ToCEntry - Engine oil level indicator 128
  • ToCEntry - Engine oil consumption 129
  • ToCEntry - Exterior lamp switch 130
  • ToCEntry - Headlamp mode 131
  • ToCEntry - Night security illumination 132
  • ToCEntry - Locator lighting 133
    • ToCSubEntry - Locator lighting 133
  • ToCEntry - Headlamp cleaning system 133
  • ToCEntry - Combination switch 134
  • ToCEntry - Hazard warning flasher switch 137
  • ToCEntry - Climate control 138
  • ToCEntry - Automatic climate control 146
  • ToCEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
  • ToCEntry - Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets 159
  • ToCEntry - Operation Audio and telephone 160
  • ToCEntry - Operating safety 160
  • ToCEntry - Operating and display elements 161
  • ToCEntry - Button and soft key operation 163
  • ToCEntry - Operation 163
  • ToCEntry - Power windows 184
  • ToCEntry - Sliding/pop-up roof 187
  • ToCEntry - Interior lighting 189
  • ToCEntry - Rear window sunshade 191
  • ToCEntry - Sun visors 192
  • ToCEntry - Vanity mirrors 192
  • ToCEntry - Interior 193
  • ToCEntry - Storage compartments and armrests 193
  • ToCEntry - Glove box 194
    • ToCSubEntry - Glove box 194
  • ToCEntry - Cup holder 197
  • ToCEntry - Ashtrays 199
  • ToCEntry - Lighter 201
  • ToCEntry - Parcel net in front passenger footwell 202
  • ToCEntry - Ski sack 202
  • ToCEntry - Enlarged cargo area 207
  • ToCEntry - Split folding rear seat bench 207
  • ToCEntry - Loading instructions (vehicle with enlarged cargo area) 209
  • ToCEntry - Cellular telephone 210
  • ToCEntry - Telephone, general 211
  • ToCEntry - Garage door opener 212
• Part - Operation
  • Section - Operation
    • Title - Operation
      • Hypertext - Operation
        • M-Hypertext - Operation
      • Marker - Vehicle keys
        • M-ToCEntry - Vehicle keys
        • M-Title - Central locking system
        • M-Index - Vehicle keys
        • M-Index - Central locking system:Vehicle keys
    • Para - Included with your vehicle are 2electronic main keys with integrated radio frequency and ...
    • Para - The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two electronic main keys are a diff...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
    • Subsection - Electronic main key
      • Title - Electronic main key
        • Marker - Electronic main key
          • M-Index - Electronic main key
          • M-GraphicNum - P80.xx-xxxx-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - The electronic main key has an integrated radio frequency and infrared remote control, plu...
      • Para - The remote control(1) operates all locks on the vehicle.
      • Para - The mechanical key(2) works only in the driver’s door, trunk, and storage compartment locks.
      • Para - When using the mechanical key(2) for lock operations, it can be removed by sliding it out...
      • Para - The remote control transmitter is located in the electronic main key.
      • Para - The infrared receivers are located in the front door handles.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Remove the mechanical key from the electronic main key when using valet parking service. T...
        • Para - See page
      • Subtitle - Central locking system:Obtaining replacement keys
        • Marker - Central locking system:Obtaining replacement keys
          • M-Index - Central locking system:Obtaining replacement keys
          • M-Index - Replacement keys:Obtaining
        • Bold - Obtaining replacement keys
      • Para - Your vehicle is equipped with a theft deterrent locking system requiring a special key man...
  • Section - Start lock-out
    • Title - Start lock-out
      • Marker - Start lock-out
        • M-ToCEntry - Start lock-out
        • M-Index - Start lock-out
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - Removing the electronic key from the starter switch activates the start lock-out. The engi...
      • Para - Inserting the electronic key in the starter switch deactivates the start lock-out.
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - In case the engine cannot be started (vehicle’s battery is in order), the system is not op...
  • Section - General notes on the central locking system
    • Title - General notes on the central locking system
      • Marker - General notes on the central locking system
        • M-ToCEntry - General notes on the central locking system
        • M-Index - Central locking system:General notes
    • ItemizedList - • If the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch, the vehicle cannot be l...
      • Item - • If the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch, the vehicle cannot be locked or...
    • Para - If the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked:
    • ItemizedList - • Aim transmitter eye at a receiver of either front door handle. Check the batteri...
      • Item - • Aim transmitter eye at a receiver of either front door handle. Check the batteries of th...
      • Item - • Use the mechanical key to unlock the vehicle. To start engine, insert the electronic key...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - When unlocking the driver’s door with the mechanical key, the exterior lamps will flash an...
      • Para - To cancel the alarm, insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button
  • Section - Central locking system
    • Title - Central locking system
      • Marker - Central locking system
        • M-ToCEntry - Central locking system
        • M-Index - Central locking system
    • Subsection - Radio frequency and infrared remote control
      • Title - Radio frequency and infrared remote control
        • Marker - Radio frequency and infrared remote control
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Radio frequency and infrared remote control
      • Para - The electronic main key has an integrated radio frequency and infrared remote control.
      • Para - Due to the extended operational range of the remote control, it could be possible to unint...
      • Para - The vehicle doors, trunk and fuel filler flap can be centrally locked and unlocked via rem...
      • Para - Opening and closing the windows and sliding/pop-up roof can only be done with the infrared...
      • Para - With vehicle centrally locked, the trunk can also be opened by using the remote control.
      • Para - If the electronic key is inserted in starter switch, the vehicle cannot be locked or unloc...
      • OrderedList -
        • Item -
          • Graphic -
          • Marker - P80.xx-xxxx-26
            • M-GraphicNum - P80.xx-xxxx-26
        • ItemPara - ‹
          • SpecialChar - ‹
        • ItemPara - Œ
          • SpecialChar - Œ
        • ItemPara - ³
          • SpecialChar - ³
        • Item - 2 Lamp for battery check (see page
        • Item - 3 panic
          • CapLetter - 3 panic
        • Item - 4 Transmitter eye
        • Item - 5 Locking tab for mechanical key
      • OrderedList -
        • Item -
          • Graphic -
          • Marker - P80.30-2095-26 (4c)
            • M-GraphicNum - P80.30-2095-26 (4c)
      • OrderedList -
        • Item -
          • Graphic -
          • Marker - P80.30-2096-26 (4c)
            • M-GraphicNum - P80.30-2096-26 (4c)
    • Subsection - Locking and unlocking
      • Title - Locking and unlocking
        • Marker - Locking and unlocking
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Locking and unlocking
          • M-Index - Central locking system:Locking and unlocking with remote control
          • M-Index - Locking the vehicle with remote control
          • M-Index - Unlocking the vehicle with remote control
      • Subtitle - Unlocking:
      • Para - Press transmit button
      • Para - The remote control can be programmed for two kinds of unlocking modes (see below):
      • Para - Selective unlocking mode – Press transmit button
      • Para - Global unlocking mode – Press transmit button
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - If the trunk was previously locked separately, it will remain locked, see page
        • Para - The presently active unlocking mode (selective or global) can only be determined by unlock...
        • Para - If within 40 seconds of unlocking with the remote control, neither door or trunk is opened...
      • Subtitle - Locking:
      • Para - Press transmit button
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - If the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked by pressing the transmit button, then it may b...
    • Subsection - Choosing global or selective mode on remote control
      • Title - Choosing global or selective mode on remote control
        • Marker - Choosing global or selective mode on remote control
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Choosing global or selective mode on remote control
          • M-Index - Central locking system:Choosing global or selective mode
      • Para - Press and hold transmit buttons
    • Subsection - Opening the trunk
      • Title - Opening the trunk
        • Marker - Opening the trunk
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Opening the trunk
          • M-Index - Trunk:Opening
      • Para - The trunk lid will swing open automatically. You should always make sure there is sufficie...
      • Para - A minimum height clearance of 5.75ft. (1.75m) is required to open the trunk lid.
      • Para - Press transmit button
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Do not place remote control in trunk since trunk is locked when the lid is closed if the v...
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - If the trunk was previously locked separately, it will remain locked
    • Subsection - Central locking system:Summer opening/convenience feature
      • Title - Central locking system:Summer opening/convenience feature
        • Marker - Central locking system:Summer opening/convenience feature
          • M-Index - Central locking system:Summer opening/convenience feature
          • M-Index - Sliding/pop-up roof:Opening and closing
          • M-Index - Power windows:Opening and closing
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Opening and closing windows and sliding / pop-up roof from outside
      • Para - Aim transmitter eye of remote control at the door receiver.
      • Subtitle - Summer opening:
        • Bold - Summer opening:
      • Para - The sliding/pop-up roof and all side windows can be opened automatically.
      • Para - Continue to press transmit button
      • Para - The windows and sliding/pop-up roof begin to open after approximately 1second.
      • Para - To interrupt opening procedure, release transmit button.
      • Subtitle - Convenience feature:
        • Bold - Convenience feature:
      • Para - The sliding/pop-up roof and the side windows can be closed.
      • Para - Continue to press transmit button
      • Para - The windows and sliding/pop-up roof begin to close after approximately 1second.
      • Para - To interrupt closing procedure, release transmit button.
      • Para - Ensure that all side windows and the sliding/pop-up roof are properly closed before leav...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Never operate the windows or sliding/pop-up roof if there is the possibility of anyone b...
          • Row -
            • Entry - In case the procedure causes potential danger, the procedure can be immediately halted by...
              • Para - In case the procedure causes potential danger, the procedure can be immediately halted by ...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - If the windows and sliding/pop-up roof cannot be operated automatically by pressing the ...
    • Subsection - Panic button
      • Title - Panic button
        • Marker - Panic button
          • M-Index - Panic button
          • M-GraphicNum - P80.xx-xxxx-26
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Panic button
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - To activate press and hold button(1) for at least one second. An audible alarm and blinki...
      • Para - To deactivate press button(1) again, or insert electronic key in starter switch.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - For operation in the USA only: This device complies with Part15 of the FCC Rules. Operati...
        • Para - (1)This device may not cause harmful interference, and
        • Para - (2)this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cau...
        • Para - Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user’s authority to operate th...
    • Subsection - Central locking system:Mechanical keys
      • Title - Central locking system:Mechanical keys
        • Marker - Central locking system:Mechanical keys
          • M-Index - Central locking system:Mechanical keys
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Mechanical keys
      • Para - The mechanical keys work only in driver’s door, trunk, and storage compartment locks.
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm system.
        • Para - The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key.
        • Para - If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened, see page
  • Section - P80.30-????-26
    • Title - P80.30-????-26
      • Marker - P80.30-????-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P80.30-????-26
        • M-Index - Central locking system:Doors
        • M-ToCEntry - Doors
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Opening – pull handle
      • Item - 1 Opening – pull handle
      • Item - 2 Unlocking driver’s door
      • Item - 3 Locking driver’s door
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm system.
    • Subsection - P80.30-2098-26 (4c)
      • Title - P80.30-2098-26 (4c)
        • Marker - P80.30-2098-26 (4c)
          • M-GraphicNum - P80.30-2098-26 (4c)
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 4 Individual door from inside: Push lock button down to lock.
        • Item - 4 Individual door from inside: Push lock button down to lock.
        • Item - 5 Front door from inside: Pull handle to unlock.
      • Para - When you lock the driver’s door with the mechanical key, the door lock button should move ...
      • Para - Each individual door must be locked with the respective door lock button – the driver’s do...
      • Para - If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside, opening a door from the inside...
      • ItemizedList - • selective unlocking mode, only that individual door is unlocked. The remaining d...
        • Item - • selective unlocking mode, only that individual door is unlocked. The remaining doors, th...
        • Item - • global unlocking mode, all doors, the trunk and fuel filler flap are unlocked.
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the doors can be locked and unlocke...
        • Para - To lock, push down lock buttons or turn mechanical key in driver’s door lock to position3...
        • Para - To unlock, pull inside door handles or turn mechanical key in driver’s door lock to positi...
        • Para - Rear doors can only be opened from inside by first pulling up the door lock button.
        • Para - When unlocking the driver’s door with the mechanical key, the exterior lamps will flash an...
        • Para - To cancel the alarm, insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button
  • Section - P82.50-0757-26 (2c)
    • Title - P82.50-0757-26 (2c)
      • Marker - P82.50-0757-26 (2c)
        • M-GraphicNum - P82.50-0757-26 (2c)
        • M-Index - Central locking system:Central locking switch
        • M-Index - Central locking switch
        • M-ToCEntry - Central locking switch
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Locking
      • Item - 1 Locking
      • Item - 2 Unlocking
    • Para - The central locking switch is located in the center console.
    • Para - The doors and trunk can only be locked with the central locking switch, if both front door...
    • Para - If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch, while in the selecti...
    • Para - If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch, while in the global ...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - If the vehicle was previously locked with the remote control, the doors and trunk cannot b...
      • Para - The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlocked with the central locking switch.
      • Para - If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside, opening a door from the inside...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
  • Section - Central locking system:Automatic central locking
    • Title - Central locking system:Automatic central locking
      • Marker - Central locking system:Automatic central locking
        • M-Index - Central locking system:Automatic central locking
        • M-Index - Automatic central locking
        • M-ToCEntry - Automatic central locking
    • Para - With the automatic central locking system activated, the doors and trunk are locked at veh...
    • Para - The automatic central locking function can be switched on or off. See page
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - If doors are unlocked with the central locking switch after activating the automatic centr...
      • Para - If a door is opened from the inside at speeds of approximately 9mph (15km/h) or less w...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - When towing the vehicle, or with the vehicle on a dynamometer test stand, please, note the...
      • Para - With the automatic central locking activated and the electronic key in starter switch posi...
      • Para - To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking, deactivate the automatic central locking. ...
  • Section - Emergency unlocking in case of accident
    • Title - Emergency unlocking in case of accident
      • Marker - Emergency unlocking in case of accident
        • M-Index - Emergency unlocking in case of accident
        • M-ToCEntry - Emergency unlocking in case of accident
    • Para - The doors unlock automatically a short time after an accident in which an airbag or emerge...
  • Section - Trunk
    • Title - Trunk
      • Marker - Trunk
        • M-Index - Trunk
        • M-ToCEntry - Trunk
    • Para - The lock is located next to the recessed handle.
    • Para - When the trunk is separately locked, it remains locked when centrally unlocking the vehicle.
    • Para - To deny any unauthorized person access to the trunk, lock it separately with the mechanica...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the trunk can be unlocked individua...
      • Para - To unlock and open the trunk lid, turn mechanical key to position2, hold and push to open.
      • Para - The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm system.
      • Para - When unlocking the trunk with the mechanical key, the exterior lamps will flash and the al...
      • Para - To cancel the alarm, insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button
      • Para - If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened, see page
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P54.25-????-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.25-????-26
      • Item - 1 Separate locking of trunk – remove mechanical key in this position.
      • Item - 2 Unlocking
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - Do not place mechanical key inside trunk, since trunk is locked again when closing the lid...
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - P88.50-2027-26 (4c)
        • M-GraphicNum - P88.50-2027-26 (4c)
    • Para - The trunk lid will swing open automatically. You should always make sure there is sufficie...
    • Para - A minimum height clearance of 5.75ft. (1.75m) is required to open the trunk lid.
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - P88.50-2027-26 (4c)
        • M-GraphicNum - P88.50-2027-26 (4c)
  • Section - Trunk:Release switch
    • Title - Trunk:Release switch
      • Marker - Trunk:Release switch
        • M-Index - Trunk:Release switch
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.25-2170-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Trunk lid release switch
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The switch is located on the driver’s door.
    • Para - The trunk lid will swing open automatically. You should always make sure there is sufficie...
    • Para - A minimum height clearance of 5.75ft. (1.75m) is required to open the trunk lid.
    • Para - To open the trunk, the vehicle must be at standstill. Press switch until trunk lid is open.
    • Para - The indicator lamp in the switch remains on with trunk lid open.
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - The trunk can also be opened by using the remote control. Press
      • Para - The trunk lid cannot be opened by the switch or the remote control when previously locked ...
      • Para - The trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid release switch when the vehicle was prev...
  • Section - Antitheft alarm system
    • Title - Antitheft alarm system
      • Marker - Antitheft alarm system
        • M-Title - Antitheft alarm system
        • M-GraphicNum - P82.50-0755-26 (2c)
        • M-Index - Antitheft alarm system
        • M-ToCEntry - Antitheft alarm system
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console
      • Item - 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console
    • Para - The antitheft alarm is automatically armed or disarmed with the remote control by locking ...
    • Para - The antitheft alarm is armed within approximately 10seconds after locking the vehicle.
    • Para - A blinking lamp(1) indicates that the alarm is armed.
    • Subtitle - Operation:
    • Para - Once the alarm system has been armed, the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm w...
    • ItemizedList - • opens a door,
      • Item - • opens a door,
      • Item - • opens the trunk,
      • Item - • opens the hood,
      • Item - • attempts to raise the vehicle.
    • Para - The alarm will last approximately 3minutes in form of flashing exterior lamps. At the sam...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - When you unlock the driver’s door with the mechanical key, the exterior lamps will flash a...
      • Para - To cancel the alarm, insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button
  • Section - Tow-away alarm
    • Title - Tow-away alarm
      • Marker - Tow-away alarm
        • M-Title - Tow-away alarm
        • M-Index - Tow-away alarm
        • M-GraphicNum - P82.50-2063-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Tow-away alarm
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The switch is located in the center console.
    • OrderedList - 1 Press to switch off tow-away alarm
      • Item - 1 Press to switch off tow-away alarm
      • Item - 2 Indicator lamp
    • Para - Once the alarm system has been armed, the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm w...
    • Para - The alarm will last approximately 3minutes in form of flashing exterior lamps. At the sam...
    • Para - If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds, an emergency call is initiated automatical...
    • Para - To prevent triggering the tow-away alarm feature, switch off the tow-away alarm before tow...
    • Para - To do so, turn electronic key in starter switch to position1 or0, or remove electronic k...
    • Para - Exit vehicle, and lock vehicle with the electronic main key.
    • Para - The tow-away alarm remains switched off until the vehicle is locked again with the electro...
  • Section - Easy-entry/exit feature
    • Title - Easy-entry/exit feature
      • Marker - Easy-entry/exit feature
        • M-Title - Easy-entry/exit feature
        • M-Index - Easy-entry/exit feature
        • M-Index - Steering wheel:Easy-entry/exit feature
        • M-ToCEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature
    • Para - With the easy-entry/exit feature activated, the steering wheel tilts upwards and the drive...
    • Para - This allows easier entry into and exit from the vehicle when the driver’s door is opened. ...
    • Para - See page
    • Para - When the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch and the driver’s door is closed,...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - You must ensure that no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel and...
  • Section - Front seat adjustment
    • Title - Front seat adjustment
      • Marker - Front seat adjustment
        • M-Index - Front seat adjustment
        • M-Title - Seats
        • M-Index - Seats:Front seat adjustment
        • M-ToCEntry - Front seat adjustment
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving. Adjusting the seat while driving could caus...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back reclined. Sitting in an excessively rec...
            • Para - Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back reclined. Sitting in an excessively recl...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted.
            • Para - Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted.
        • Row -
          • Entry -
            • Para -
            • Para -
            • Para -
            • Para -
            • Para -
            • Para -
        • Row -
          • Entry - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and lo...
            • Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
        • Row -
          • Entry - The power seats can also be operated with the driver’s or front passenger door open. Do n...
            • Para - The power seats can also be operated with the driver’s or front passenger door open. Do no...
    • Para - To operate the front power seat adjustment switches, turn the electronic key in starter sw...
    • Subtitle - Power seat
      • Bold - Power seat
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - Seats:Power seat
        • M-Index - Seats:Power seat
    • Para - P54.00-1521-26
      • Marker - P54.00-1521-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.00-1521-26
    • Para - We recommend to adjust the power seat in the following order:
    • OrderedList - 1 Seat, up/down
      • Item - 1 Seat, up/down
        • Bold - 1 Seat, up/down
      • Item - 2 Seat adjustment, fore/aft
        • Bold - 2 Seat adjustment, fore/aft
      • Item - 3 Seat cushion tilt
        • Bold - 3 Seat cushion tilt
      • Item - 4 Backrest tilt
        • Bold - 4 Backrest tilt
      • Item - 5 Head restraint
        • Bold - 5 Head restraint
      • ItemPara - Only minor personal adjustments, as described below, should then be required. For exte...
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - P91.16-2010-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P91.16-2010-26
    • Subtitle - Storing seat positions
      • Marker - Storing seat positions
        • M-Index - Storing seat positions
        • M-Index - Storing seat positions
    • Para - The head restraint, steering wheel and exterior rear view mirror position are stored toget...
    • Para - See page
    • Subsection - Manual seat
      • Title - Manual seat
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - (Standard equipment on Model C240)
      • Para - We recommend to adjust the seat in the following order:
      • OrderedList - 1 Fore/aft adjustment
        • Item - 1 Fore/aft adjustment
          • Bold - 1 Fore/aft adjustment
        • Item - 2 Seat cushion tilt
          • Bold - 2 Seat cushion tilt
        • Item - 3 Seat height adjustment
          • Bold - 3 Seat height adjustment
        • Item - 4 Backrest tilt
          • Bold - 4 Backrest tilt
      • OrderedList -
        • Item -
          • Graphic -
          • Bold - 5 Head restraint height
      • Para - Raising:
      • Para - Pull up on head restraint.
      • Para - Lowering:
      • Para - Push button(5) and push down on head restraint.
      • Para - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level. The head...
      • Subtitle - P91.10-2116-26
        • Marker - P91.10-2116-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P91.10-2116-26
        • Graphic -
        • Bold - Head restraint inclination
      • Para - Push or pull the head restraint in direction of arrow.
  • Section - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints
    • Title - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints
      • Marker - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints
        • M-Index - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints
        • M-Index - Head restraints, front seats:Removal and installation
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.00-2002-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints
    • Subsection - Power seat
      • Title - Power seat
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Caution - Caution!
        • BlockTitle - Caution!
        • Para - Do not remove head restraints except when mounting seat covers. Whenever restraints have b...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Tilt the backrest rearward for easier removal and installation of the head restraints.
        • Para - To remove: Press switch(1) upwards and hold until the head restraint is fully extended. P...
        • Para - To install: Press switch(1) upwards and hold for about 5seconds.
        • Para - Press the head restraint down until it engages.
        • Para - Adjust head restraint to the desired position.
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - For your protection, drive only with properly positioned head restraints.
          • Row -
            • Entry - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level.
              • Para - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level.
          • Row -
            • Entry - Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints. Head restraints are intended t...
              • Para - Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints. Head restraints are intended to...
    • Subsection - Manual seat
      • Title - Manual seat
        • Marker - Manual seat
          • M-Index - Manual seat
          • M-GraphicNum - P91.25-0335-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - To remove: Pull head restraint to its highest position. Push button(1) and pull out head ...
      • Para - To install: Insert head restraint and push it down to the stop. Push button(1) and adjust...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - For your protection, drive only with properly positioned head restraints.
          • Row -
            • Entry - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level.
              • Para - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level.
          • Row -
            • Entry - Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints. Head restraints are intended t...
              • Para - Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints. Head restraints are intended to...
  • Section - Multicontour seat
    • Title - Multicontour seat
      • Marker - Multicontour seat
        • M-ToCEntry - Multicontour seat
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - We recommend to adjust the multicontour seat in the following order:
    • OrderedList - 1 Seat cushion depth
      • Item - 1 Seat cushion depth
      • Item - 2 Backrest bottom
      • Item - 3 Backrest center
      • Item - 4 Side bolster adjustment
    • Para - Some models may be equipped with driver’s multicontour seat. These seats have movable seat...
    • Para - The seat cushion movement and amount of backrest cushion height and curvature can be conti...
    • ItemizedList - • press to the left– increase side support,
      • Item - • press to the left– increase side support,
      • Item - • press to the right– decrease side support.
    • Para - If the engine is turned off, the last cushion setting is retained in memory, and automatic...
  • Section - Heated seats
    • Title - Heated seats
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The front seat heaters can be switched on with the electronic key in starter switch positi...
    • Para - The switch is located in the center console.
    • Para - Press switch to turn on seat heater:
    • OrderedList - 1 Normal seat heating mode. One indicator lamp in the switch lights up.
      • Item - 1 Normal seat heating mode. One indicator lamp in the switch lights up.
      • Item - 2 Rapid seat heating mode. Both indicator lamps in the switch light up. After approximatel...
    • Para - Turning off seat heater:
    • Para - If one indicator lamp is on, press upper half of switch.
    • Para - If both indicator lamps are on, press lower half of switch.
    • Para - If left on, the seat heater automatically turns off after approximately 30minutes of oper...
    • Para - Note:
    • Para - When in operation, the seat heater consumes a large amount of electrical power. It is not ...
    • Para - The seat heaters may automatically switch off if too many power consumers are switched on ...
    • Para - If the blinking of the indicator lamps is distracting to you, the seat heaters can be swit...
  • Section - Head restraints:Rear seat
    • Title - Head restraints:Rear seat
      • Marker - Head restraints:Rear seat
        • M-Index - Head restraints:Rear seat
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.25-0425-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Rear seat head restraints
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - Folding head restraints back with switch in the center console:
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
    • Para - Folding head restraints back: Press the symbol-side on the rocker switch to release the he...
    • Subsection -
      • Title -
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Folding head restraints back in the rear passenger compartment:
      • Para - Push lock button(1). The head restraints will fold backward.
    • Subsection - Place head restraints upright
      • Title - Place head restraints upright
        • Bold - Place head restraints upright
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Subtitle - Placing head restraints upright:
      • Para - Pull the head restraint forward until it locks into position.
      • Subtitle - Angle of head restraints:
      • Para - The head restraint angle can be adjusted manually.
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - For safety reasons, always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position whe...
        • Para - Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles (e.g. clothing) to not obstruct the...
    • Subsection - Head restraint height
      • Title - Head restraint height
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Raising:
      • Para - Pull up on head restraint.
      • Para - Lowering:
      • Para - Push button(2) and push down on head restraint.
      • Para - Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level. The head...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The center rear seat head restraint cannot be adjusted or removed.
  • Section - Restraint systems
    • Title - Restraint systems
      • Marker - Restraint systems
        • M-Title - Restraint systems
        • M-Index - Seat belts and integrated restraint system
        • M-ToCEntry - Seat belts and integrated restraint system
    • Para - Your vehicle is equipped with seat belts for all seats, emergency tensioning retractors fo...
  • Section - Seat belts
    • Title - Seat belts
      • Marker - Seat belts
        • M-Index - Seat belts
        • M-ToCEntry - Seat belts
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - Laws in most states and all Canadian provinces require seat belt use.
      • Para - All states and provinces require use of child restraints that comply with U.S. Federal Mot...
      • Para - All child restraints systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or t...
      • Para - For your safety and that of your passengers we strongly recommend their use.
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Children 12years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-Be...
        • Row -
          • Entry - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear...
            • Para - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear ...
        • Row -
          • Entry - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restr...
            • Para - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restra...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Never ride in a moving vehicle with the backrest reclined. Sitting in an excessively recli...
  • Section - Seat belt nonusage warning system
    • Title - Seat belt nonusage warning system
      • Marker - Seat belt nonusage warning system
        • M-Index - Seat belt nonusage warning system
        • M-ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning system
    • Para - With the electronic key in starter switch position2, a warning sounds for a short time if...
    • Para - Automatic comfort-fit seat belt:
    • Para - An automatic comfort-fit feature for driver and front passenger seat belt is activated whe...
    • Para - The retraction force of the inertia reel is reduced, increasing the level of seat belt com...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - For cleaning and care of the seat belts see page
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your ris...
        • Row -
          • Entry - If you are ever in an accident, your injuries can be considerably more severe without you...
            • Para - If you are ever in an accident, your injuries can be considerably more severe without your...
        • Row -
          • Entry - In the same crash, the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your...
            • Para - In the same crash, the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your ...
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available. Be sure eve...
    • Subsection - Seat belts:Fastening
      • Title - Seat belts:Fastening
        • Marker - Seat belts:Fastening
          • M-Index - Seat belts:Fastening
          • M-GraphicNum - P91.40-2001-27
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Latch plate
        • Item - 1 Latch plate
        • Item - 2 Buckle
        • Item - 3 Release button
      • Para - Push latch plate (1) into buckle (2) until it clicks. Do not twist the belt. A twisted sea...
      • Para - The lap belt should be positioned as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen.
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Always fasten your seat belt before driving off. Always make sure your passengers are prop...
      • Para - Tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up.
      • Para - The shoulder portion of the seat belt must be pulled snug and checked for snugness immedia...
      • Para - Adjust seat belt so that shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of...
      • OrderedList -
        • Item -
          • Graphic -
      • Para - To raise, slide belt outlet upward.
      • Para - To lower, press button(4) and slide belt outlet downward.
      • Para - Seat belts:Operation
        • Marker - Seat belts:Operation
          • M-Index - Seat belts:Operation
        • Bold - Operation of seat belts
      • Para - The inertia reel stops the belt from unwinding during sudden stops or when quickly pulling...
      • Para - The locking function of the reel may be checked by quickly pulling out the belt.
      • Para - Adjust seat belt so that shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of...
      • Caution - Caution!
        • BlockTitle - Caution!
        • Para - For safety reasons, avoid adjusting the seat or seat back into positions which could affec...
    • Subsection - Seat belts:Unfastening
      • Title - Seat belts:Unfastening
        • Marker - Seat belts:Unfastening
          • M-Index - Seat belts:Unfastening
      • Para - Press release button(3) in the belt buckle(2).
      • Para - Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate(1).
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY.
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Seat belts can only work when used properly. Never wear seat belts in any other way tha...
              • ItemizedList - • Seat belts can only work when used properly. Never wear seat belts in any other ...
                • Item - • Seat belts can only work when used properly. Never wear seat belts in any other way than...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help reduce ...
              • ItemizedList - • Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help ...
                • Item - • Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help reduce t...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against your neck or off your shoulder. In...
              • ItemizedList - • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against your neck or off your shoul...
                • Item - • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against your neck or off your shoulder. In ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eyegla...
              • ItemizedList - • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as...
                • Item - • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eyeglas...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If th...
              • ItemizedList - • Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen...
                • Item - • Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If the...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Each seat belt should never be used for more than one person at a time. Do not fasten a...
              • ItemizedList - • Each seat belt should never be used for more than one person at a time. Do not f...
                • Item - • Each seat belt should never be used for more than one person at a time. Do not fasten a ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Belts should not be worn twisted. In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the b...
              • ItemizedList - • Belts should not be worn twisted. In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width o...
                • Item - • Belts should not be worn twisted. In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the be...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Pregnant women should also use a lap- shoulder belt. The lap belt portion should be pos...
              • ItemizedList - • Pregnant women should also use a lap- shoulder belt. The lap belt portion should...
                • Item - • Pregnant women should also use a lap- shoulder belt. The lap belt portion should be posi...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on ...
              • ItemizedList - • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both f...
                • Item - • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on t...
      • Para -
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - USE CHILD RESTRAINTS PROPERLY.
          • Row -
            • Entry - Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-B...
              • Para - Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-Be...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash. If this happens,...
              • Para - Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash. If this happens, ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear...
              • Para - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restr...
              • Para - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restra...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat b...
              • Para - Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat be...
  • Section - BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
    • Title - BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
      • Marker - BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
        • M-Index - BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
        • M-ToCEntry - BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
    • Para - Special BabySmart
    • Para - The
  • Section - Self-test BabySmart
    • Title - Self-test BabySmart
    • Para - After turning electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2, the
    • Para - If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit, the system is not functio...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - The BabySmart
        • Row -
          • Entry - Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat (e.g. pillow), since it reduces ...
            • Para - Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat (e.g. pillow), since it reduces t...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation of special child seats.
            • Para - Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation of special child seats.
        • Row -
          • Entry - The passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the ü indicator lamp remains illuminated.
            • Para - The passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the
        • Row -
          • Entry - Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat. S...
            • Para - Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat. Sh...
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Footnote - BabySmart
  • Section - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
    • Title - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
      • Marker - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
        • M-Index - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
        • M-ToCEntry - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
    • Para - Airbags are intended as a supplement to seat belts. Airbags alone cannot protect as well a...
    • Para - The SRS uses two crash severity levels (thresholds) to activate either the emergency tensi...
    • Para - Seat belt fastened
    • ItemizedList - • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
      • Item - • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
      • Item - • second threshold exceeded: airbag also activates
    • Para - Seat belt not fastened
    • Para - Front seats:
    • ItemizedList - • first threshold exceeded: airbag activates, not ETR
      • Item - • first threshold exceeded: airbag activates, not ETR
    • Para - Rear outer seats:
    • ItemizedList - • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
      • Item - • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
    • Para - Driver and front passenger and rear outer seat systems operate independently of each other.
  • Section - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
    • Title - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
      • Marker - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
        • M-Index - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
        • M-ToCEntry - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
    • Para - The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equipped with emergency tensioning r...
    • Para - The emergency tensioning retractors are designed to activate only when the seat belts are ...
    • Para - They remove slack from the belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against...
    • Para - In cases of other frontal impacts, angled impacts, roll- overs, certain side impacts, or o...
  • Section - Airbags
    • Title - Airbags
      • Marker - Airbags
        • M-Index - Airbags
        • M-ToCEntry - Airbags
    • Subsection - Front airbags
      • Title - Front airbags
        • Marker - Front airbags
          • M-Index - Front airbags
          • M-GraphicNum - P91.60-2196-27
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Driver airbag
        • Item - 1 Driver airbag
        • Item - 2 Front passenger airbag
      • Para - The most effective occupant restraint system yet developed for use in production vehicles ...
      • Para - In conjunction with wearing the seat belts, the driver and front passenger airbags can pro...
      • Para - Side impact and head protection window curtain airbags can provide increased protection to...
      • Para - The operational readiness of the airbag system is verified by the indicator lamp
      • Para - The following system components are monitored or undergo a self-check: crash-sensor(s), ai...
      • Para - Initially, when the electronic key is turned from starter switch position0 to position1 ...
      • Para - Have the system checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center immediately
      • Para - In the operational mode, after the indicator lamp has gone out following the initial check...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - In the event a malfunction of the
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - See page
      • Para - The driver and passenger front airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal im...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Heavy objects on the front passenger seat can appear to the
    • Subsection - Side impact airbags
      • Title - Side impact airbags
        • Marker - Side impact airbags
          • M-Index - Side impact airbags
          • M-GraphicNum - P91.60-0699-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 3 Side impact airbags
        • Item - 3 Side impact airbags
        • Item - 4 Window curtain airbags
    • Subsection - Side impact airbags
      • Title - Side impact airbags
        • Marker - Side impact airbags
          • M-Index - Side impact airbags
      • Para - The side impact airbags are designed to activate only in certain side impacts exceeding a ...
      • Para - The side impact airbag for the front passenger deploys only if the front passenger seat is...
      • Para - Side impact airbags operate best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened se...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Heavy objects on front passenger seat can cause the front passenger side impact airbag to ...
    • Subsection - Window curtain airbag
      • Title - Window curtain airbag
        • Marker - Window curtain airbag
          • M-Index - Window curtain airbag
      • Para - The head protection window curtain airbags afford greater protection against injuries to t...
      • Para - The window curtain airbags are designed to activate only in certain side impacts exceeding...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal (front airbags) impacts, or side ...
          • Bold - Airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal (front airbags) impacts, or side ...
        • Para - Only during these types of impacts, if of sufficient severity to meet the deployment thres...
          • Bold - Only during these types of impacts, if of sufficient severity to meet the deployment thres...
        • Para - The driver and passenger should always wear their seat belts, otherwise it is not possible...
          • Bold - The driver and passenger should always wear their seat belts, otherwise it is not possible...
        • Para - In cases of other frontal impacts, angled impacts, roll-overs, other side impacts, rear co...
          • Bold - In cases of other frontal impacts, angled impacts, roll-overs, other side impacts, rear co...
        • Para - We caution you not to rely on the presence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your s...
          • Bold - We caution you not to rely on the presence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your s...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Airbags are designed to reduce the potential of injury in certain frontal (front airbags) ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - The activation of the “SRS” temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the airbags....
              • Para - The activation of the
          • Row -
            • Entry - The service life of the airbags extends to the date indicated on the label located on the...
              • Para - The service life of the airbags extends to the date indicated on the label located on the ...
      • Para - Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags which are designed to activate in certai...
        • Bold - Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags which are designed to activate in certai...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - To reduce the risk of injury when the front airbags inflate, it is very important for the ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position wi...
              • Para - For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position wit...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Since the airbag inflates with considerable speed and force, a proper seating and hands o...
              • Para - Since the airbag inflates with considerable speed and force, a proper seating and hands on...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest.
              • ItemizedList - • Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest.
                • Item - • Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest.
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward, still permitting proper operation o...
              • ItemizedList - • Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward, still permitting proper oper...
                • Item - • Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward, still permitting proper operation of...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard.
              • ItemizedList - • Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard.
                • Item - • Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard.
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside the rim ...
              • ItemizedList - • Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside t...
                • Item - • Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside the rim c...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the...
              • ItemizedList - • Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard w...
                • Item - • Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Occupants, especially children, should never lean their heads in the area of the door w...
              • ItemizedList - • Occupants, especially children, should never lean their heads in the area of the...
                • Item - • Occupants, especially children, should never lean their heads in the area of the door wh...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes...
              • ItemizedList - • Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a M...
                • Item - • Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupa...
              • Para - Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants.
    • Subsection - Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag
      • Title - Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag
        • Marker - Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag
          • M-ToCEntry - Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • ItemizedList - • Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be rep...
                • Item - • Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced an...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Airbags and “ETR’s” are designed to function on a one-time-only basis. An airbag or eme...
              • ItemizedList - • Airbags and
                • Item - • Airbags and
          • Row -
            • Entry - • No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the “SRS”. This...
              • ItemizedList - • No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the
                • Item - • No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Do not pass belts over sharp edges.
              • ItemizedList - • Do not pass belts over sharp edges.
                • Item - • Do not pass belts over sharp edges.
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts.
              • ItemizedList - • Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts.
                • Item - • Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts.
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Do not use handles above doors for placing such items as coat hangers etc.
              • ItemizedList - • Do not use handles above doors for placing such items as coat hangers etc.
                • Item - • Do not use handles above doors for placing such items as coat hangers etc.
          • Row -
            • Entry - • An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has infl...
              • ItemizedList - • An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag h...
                • Item - • An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has infla...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Improper work on the system, including incorrect installation and removal, can lead to ...
              • ItemizedList - • Improper work on the system, including incorrect installation and removal, can l...
                • Item - • Improper work on the system, including incorrect installation and removal, can lead to p...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • In addition, through improper work there is a risk of rendering the “SRS” inoperative o...
              • ItemizedList - • In addition, through improper work there is a risk of rendering the
                • Item - • In addition, through improper work there is a risk of rendering the
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - • For your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the airbag unit or eme...
              • ItemizedList - • For your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the airbag unit...
                • Item - • For your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the airbag unit or emer...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags, there...
              • ItemizedList - • Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags...
                • Item - • Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags, there ...
      • Para - When you sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner tha...
    • Subsection - Infant and child restraint systems
      • Title - Infant and child restraint systems
        • Marker - Infant and child restraint systems
          • M-Index - Infant and child restraint systems
          • M-ToCEntry - Infant and child restraint systems
      • Para - We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicl...
      • Para - To activate, pull shoulder belt out completely and let it retract. During the seat belt re...
      • Para - To deactivate, release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely. The seat bel...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - For child seats with mounting fittings for tether anchorages refer to page
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Never release the seat belt buckle while vehicle is in motion, since the special seat belt...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50states and all Canadian...
        • Para - Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint sy...
        • Para - When using any infant or child restraint system, be sure to carefully read and follow all ...
        • Para - Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant ...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-Be...
          • Row -
            • Entry - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear...
              • Para - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear ...
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant. During a...
              • Para - Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant. During an...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat b...
              • Para - Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat be...
          • Row -
            • Entry - When the child restraint is not in use, remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the ...
              • Para - When the child restraint is not in use, remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the s...
    • Subsection - Infant and child restraint systems:Installation
      • Title - Infant and child restraint systems:Installation
        • Marker - Infant and child restraint systems:Installation
          • M-Index - Infant and child restraint systems:Installation
          • M-GraphicNum - P91.40-2123-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - This vehicle is provided with tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear...
      • Para - Prior to installing a tether strap, remove cover(1) from anchorage ring(2) and store in ...
    • Subsection -
      • Title -
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - To secure a tether strap to the anchorage, securely fasten the hook(3), which is part of ...
      • Para - After removing the tether strap, reinstall the cover(1).
    • Subsection - Infant and child restraint systems:Child seat mounts
      • Title - Infant and child restraint systems:Child seat mounts
        • Marker - Infant and child restraint systems:Child seat mounts
          • M-Index - Infant and child restraint systems:Child seat mounts
          • M-GraphicNum - P91.22-2233-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - This vehicle is provided with two mounts (at each of the outer rear seats) for the install...
      • Para - To install a child seat, the mounts(1) must be folded forward until they lock in place. T...
      • Para - To fold mounts(1) back, press down button (2) on each mount and return mount into its catch.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - With a child seat installed in the left rear seat, the seat belt for the center seat occup...
  • Section - Steering wheel adjustment
    • Title - Steering wheel adjustment
    • Figure -
      • Display -
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Adjusting the steering wheel while driving...
    • Para - Unlocking:
    • Para - Pull handle(1) out to its stop.
    • Para - Adjusting:
    • Para - Move steering wheel to the desired position.
    • Para - Locking:
    • Para - Push handle(1) in until it engages.
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - Do not drive the vehicle until you have properly locked the steering column.
    • Para - See
  • Section - Steering wheel adjustment
    • Title - Steering wheel adjustment
      • Marker - Steering wheel adjustment
        • M-Title - Steering wheel adjustment
        • M-Index - Steering wheel adjustment:electrical
        • M-ToCEntry - Steering wheel adjustment (electrical)
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Adjusting the steering wheel while driving...
        • Row -
          • Entry - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch and loc...
            • Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch and lock...
        • Row -
          • Entry - The steering wheel adjustment feature can also be operated with the driver’s door open. D...
            • Para - The steering wheel adjustment feature can also be operated with the driver’s door open. Do...
    • Para - To adjust the steering wheel position, turn the electronic key in starter switch to positi...
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - P68.00-2011-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.00-2011-26
    • OrderedList - 1 Steering column, lengthen or shorten column
      • Item - 1 Steering column, lengthen or shorten column
        • Bold - 1 Steering column, lengthen or shorten column
      • ItemPara - Move the switch to the front or rear.
      • Item - 2 Steering column, height
        • Bold - 2 Steering column, height
      • ItemPara - Move the switch up or down.
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - The steering wheel adjustment can be stored together with the seat and exterior mirror adj...
  • Section - Rear view mirrors
    • Title - Rear view mirrors
      • Marker - Rear view mirrors
        • M-Title - Rear view mirrors
        • M-ToCEntry - Rear view mirrors
    • Subsection - Inside rear view mirror
      • Title - Inside rear view mirror
      • Para - Manually adjust the mirror.
      • Subtitle - Rear view mirror, automatic antiglare
        • Bold - Rear view mirror, automatic antiglare
      • Para - Antiglare mode: With the electronic key in starter switch position2, the mirror reflectio...
      • Para - With the gear selector lever in position
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The automatic antiglare function does not react, if incoming light is not aimed directly a...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirro...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes...
              • Para - Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes,...
    • Subsection - P88.70-0279-26
      • Title - P88.70-0279-26
        • Marker - P88.70-0279-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P88.70-0279-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - The buttons are located above the exterior lamp switch. The memory button(4) is located o...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior mirror. The mirror surface is convex ...
      • Subtitle - Exterior mirror adjustment
        • Bold - Exterior mirror adjustment
      • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
      • Para - Push button to select mirror to be adjusted: Driver’s side – Push button (1). Passenger si...
      • Para - Push the adjustment button (3) up, down, left or right according to the setting desired.
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - The exterior rear view mirrors have electrically heated glass. The heater switches on auto...
        • Para - If an exterior mirror housing is forcibly pivoted from its normal position, it must be rep...
      • Subtitle - Storing mirror positions in memory
        • Bold - Storing mirror positions in memory
      • Para - The exterior rear view mirror positions are stored in memory with the seat/steering whee...
      • Subtitle - Parking position exterior mirror
        • Bold - Parking position exterior mirror
      • Para - The passenger side exterior mirror can be adjusted and programmed to assist the driver dur...
      • Para - With the electronic key in starter switch position2, and the exterior rear view mirror sw...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The mirror adjustment is only active if you select
      • Para - The mirror position can now be adjusted as desired.
      • Para - At speeds above approximately 6mph (10km/h), upon shifting gear selector lever from
      • Para - To store passenger mirror parking position:
      • OrderedList - 1. Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
        • Item - 1. Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
        • ItemPara - The vehicle must be stationary.
        • Item - 2. Select passenger side mirror and adjust the mirror to view the curb.
        • Item - 3. Push the memory button
        • Item - 4. Within 3seconds push bottom of adjustment button(3). The mirror should not move.
        • ItemPara - Repeat the memory procedure if the mirror moves.
        • Item - 5. Select driver side mirror. The passenger side mirror will return to its previous position.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - One stored parking position is available for each of the two electronic main keys.
        • Para - This is only possible if you select
      • Subtitle - Driver’s side exterior mirror, antiglare mode
        • Bold - Driver’s side exterior mirror, antiglare mode
      • Para - Antiglare mode: With the electronic key in starter switch position2, the mirror reflectio...
      • Para - With the gear selector lever in position
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The automatic antiglare function does not react, if incoming light is not aimed directly a...
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirro...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes...
              • Para - Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes,...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely...
  • Section - Memory function
    • Title - Memory function
      • Marker - Memory function
        • M-Index - Memory function
        • M-Title - Memory function
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.00-1522-26
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The memory and stored position buttons are located on the doors.
    • OrderedList - 1 Memory button, used to store selected positions which can be retrieved by pressing
      • Item - 1 Memory button, used to store selected positions which can be retrieved by pressing
      • Item - 2 Stored position button Turn to position
    • Para - Together with the driver’s seat position you can store the positions for steering wheel an...
    • Para - For the front passenger you can store the seat position.
    • Para - Three stored positions for the driver’s seat are available for each of the two electronic ...
    • Subsection - Storing positions into memory:
      • Title - Storing positions into memory:
      • Para - With the electronic key in starter switch position1 or2 or with the relevant door open a...
      • Para - Adjust the seat to the desired position.
      • Para - Driver’s seat: You can also adjust the steering wheel and the exterior mirrors electricall...
      • Para - Turn button (2) to selected memory position.
      • Para - Push memory button(1), release and push the position button(2) within 3seconds.
    • Subsection - Recalling positions from memory:
      • Title - Recalling positions from memory:
      • Para - To recall a seat/steering wheel and exterior rear view mirror position, turn button (2)...
      • Para - The seat/steering wheel and exterior rear view mirror movement stops when the button is...
      • Caution - Caution!
        • BlockTitle - Caution!
        • Para - Do not operate the power seats using the memory button if the backrest is in an excessivel...
        • Para - First move backrest to an upright position.
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Prior to operating the vehicle, the driver should check and adjust if necessary the seat h...
        • Para - In addition, also adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control, reach, operation a...
        • Para - Fasten seat belts. Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restr...
        • Para - All seat, head restraint, steering wheel, and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fast...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Children 12years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-Be...
          • Row -
            • Entry - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear...
              • Para - According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restr...
              • Para - A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restra...
  • Section - Instrument cluster
    • Title - Instrument cluster
      • Marker - Instrument cluster
        • M-Title - Instrument cluster
        • M-Index - Instrument cluster
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2859-29
        • M-ToCEntry - Instrument cluster
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Knob for instrument cluster illumination, seepage
      • Item - 1 Knob for instrument cluster illumination, seepage
      • Item - 2 Tachometer
      • Item - 3 Antilock brake system (ABS) malfunction indicator lamp, see page
      • Item - 4 Brake fluid low or parking brake engaged, seepage
      • Item - 5 Speedometer
      • Item - 6 Left turn signal indicator lamp, seecombination switch onpage
      • Item - 7 Electronic stability program (ESP) warning lamp, system is adjusting to road conditions,...
      • Item - 8 Indicator lamp without function. It illuminates with the electronic key in starter switc...
      • Item - 9 CHECK ENGINE
        • CapLetter - 9 CHECK ENGINE
      • Item - 10 High beam headlamp indicator, seeexterior lamp switch, page
      • Item - 11 High beam headlamp indicator, exterior lamp switch, see page
      • Item - 12 Multifunction display, see page
      • Item - 13 Trip odometer, see page
      • Item - 14 Main odometer, see page
      • Item - 15 Display for program mode and gear range indicators, page
      • Item - 16 Malfunction/warning message memory, seepage
      • Item - 17 Outside temperature indicator, see page
      • Item - 18 Digital clock To set the time, see individual settings on page
      • Item - 19 Right turn signal indicator lamp, seecombination switch on page
      • Item - 20 Fasten seat belts, see page
      • Item - 21 Supplementalrestraintsystem (SRS) malfunction indicator lamp, see page
      • Item - 22 Fuel gauge with reserve and fuel cap placement warning lamp, see page
    • Subsection - Activating instrument cluster display
      • Title - Activating instrument cluster display
      • Para - The instrument cluster is activated by:
      • ItemizedList - • Opening the door
        • Item - • Opening the door
        • Item - • Pressing button(1) on the instrument cluster
        • Item - • Turning the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
        • Item - • Switching on the exterior lamps.
      • Footnote - 1 The instrument cluster is activated for approximately 30seconds.
    • Subsection - Instrument cluster illumination
      • Title - Instrument cluster illumination
      • Para - The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit daylight...
      • Para - The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted when the vehicle’s exterior lamp...
      • Para - Display illumination, changing basic settings for driving at dusk or in darkness:
      • Para - Rotate adjusting knob (1) clockwise – instrument lamp intensity increases.
      • Para - Rotate adjusting knob (1) counterclockwise – instrument lamp intensity decreases.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - It is not possible to select a basic brightness setting in daylight – the intensity is adj...
    • Subsection - Outside temperature indicator (17)
      • Title - Outside temperature indicator (17)
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an Ice-Warning Device and is...
      • Para - The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area. Due to its location, the senso...
      • Para - Adaption to ambient temperature takes place in steps and depends on the prevailing driving...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The temperature indicator display can be set to read out in either Fahrenheit or Celsius. ...
    • Subsection - Trip odometer (13)
      • Title - Trip odometer (13)
      • Para - To reset to
      • Para - Activate the instrument cluster if it is not already activated, see page
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Press button(1) on the instrument cluster, see page
    • Subsection - Tachometer (2)
      • Title - Tachometer (2)
      • Para - The red marking on the tachometer denotes excessive engine speed.
      • Para - Avoid this engine speed, as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by ...
      • Para - To help protect the engine, the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated withi...
  • Section - Multifunction steering wheel
    • Title - Multifunction steering wheel
      • Marker - Multifunction steering wheel
        • M-Index - Multifunction steering wheel
        • M-Index - Multifunction display
        • M-Title - Multifunction steering wheel, multifunction display
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-3568-29
        • M-ToCEntry - Multifunction steering wheel, multifunction display
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - Depending on your vehicle’s equipment, you may use the buttons on the multifunction steeri...
    • OrderedList - 1 Trip odometer and main odometer, see page
      • Item - 1 Trip odometer and main odometer, see page
      • ItemPara - Flexible service system (FSS), seepage
      • Item - 2 Audio systems, seepage
      • ItemPara - Radio, seepage
      • Item - 3 Navigation system, seepage
      • Item - 4 Malfunction message memory, see page
      • Item - 5 Individual settings, see page
      • Item - 6 Trip computer, seepage
      • ItemPara - After start After reset Fuel tank content
      • Item - 7 Telephone, seepage
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - The display advances by one system each time the button is pressed.
    • Para - You may call up additional displays within some of these categories by pressing the
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - A driver’s attention to the road must always be his/ her primary focus when driving.
        • Row -
          • Entry - For your safety and the safety of others, selecting features through the multifunction st...
            • Para - For your safety and the safety of others, selecting features through the multifunction ste...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - The displays in the multifunction display can be set to German, English, French, Italian o...
      • Para - The displays for the audio systems (radio, CD player, cassette player) will appear in Engl...
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
      • Item - 2 Multifunction steering wheel
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
    • Para - Press button:
    • OrderedList - 3 è
      • Item - 3 è
        • SpecialChar - 3 è
      • Item - 4 Ø
        • SpecialChar - 4 Ø
      • Item - 5 j
        • SpecialChar - 5 j
      • Item - 6 k
        • SpecialChar - 6 k
      • Item - 7 æ
        • SpecialChar - 7 æ
      • Item - 8 ç
        • SpecialChar - 8 ç
      • Item - 9 í
        • SpecialChar - 9 í
      • Item - 10 ì
        • SpecialChar - 10 ì
      • ItemPara - See page
      • Item - 11 Horn pad
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - The display advances by one system each time the button is pressed.
    • Para - You may call up additional displays in some systems by pressing the
  • Section - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indicato
    • Title - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indicator
      • Marker - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indicator
        • M-ToCEntry - Trip and main odometer, FSS, coolant temperature, vehicle speed, engine oil level indic
        • M-Index - Multifunction display:Trip and main odometer
        • M-Index - Multifunction display:FSS
        • M-Index - Multifunction display:Engine oil level indicator
        • M-Index - Multifunction display:Coolant temperature
        • M-Index - Multifunction display:Vehicle speed
        • M-Index - Multifunction display:Tire inflation pressure monitor
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2992-27
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Trip odometer and main odometer See page
      • Item - 1 Trip odometer and main odometer See page
      • Item - 2 Coolant temperature gauge, see page
      • Item - 3 Vehicle speed if
      • ItemPara - Outside temperature if
      • Item - 4 FSS (Flexible service system), see page
      • Item - 5 Engine oil level indicator, seepage
    • Para - Press
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - Pressing the
  • Section - Audio systems
    • Title - Audio systems
      • Marker - Audio systems
        • M-Index - Audio systems
        • M-ToCEntry - Audio systems
    • Subsection - Audio systems:Radio
      • Title - Audio systems:Radio
        • Marker - Audio systems:Radio
          • M-Index - Audio systems:Radio
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2936-27
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Radio
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Audio system is switched off.
        • Item - 1 Audio system is switched off.
        • Item - 2 The radio is switched on.
        • Item - 3 Wave band setting and memory location number, where appropriate.
        • Item - 4 Station name setting or station frequency.
        • Item - 5 This only appears when
      • Para - The radio must be switched on.
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Use the
      • Para - Pressing the
    • Subsection - Audio systems:CD Player
      • Title - Audio systems:CD Player
        • Marker - Audio systems:CD Player
          • M-Index - Audio systems:CD Player
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2187-27
          • M-ToCSubEntry - CD player
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Radio system is switched off.
        • Item - 1 Radio system is switched off.
        • Item - 2 The CD player is switched on.
        • Item - 3 The number of the CD currently playing is displayed if you are using a CD changer.
        • Item - 4 Track number.
      • Para - TITLE
        • Quotes - TITLE
      • Para - TRACK
        • Quotes - TRACK
      • Para - The radio must be switched on.
      • Para - The CD player must be switched on.
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Pressing the
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - To select a
    • Subsection - Audio systems:Cassette player
      • Title - Audio systems:Cassette player
        • Marker - Audio systems:Cassette player
          • M-Index - Audio systems:Cassette player
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2186-27
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Cassette player
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Audio system is switched off.
        • Item - 1 Audio system is switched off.
        • Item - 2 The cassette player is switched on.
        • Item - 3 Side being played.
      • Para - The radio must be switched on.
      • Para - The cassette player must be switched on.
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Pressing the
      • Para - Pressing the
      • Para - Pressing the
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - To select the reverse side of the tape, press button below track number on the audio syste...
  • Section - Telephone
    • Title - Telephone
      • Marker - Telephone
        • M-Index - Telephone
        • M-ToCEntry - Telephone
    • Subsection - Telephone:Telephone book
      • Title - Telephone:Telephone book
        • Marker - Telephone:Telephone book
          • M-Index - Telephone:Telephone book
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2864-27
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 The telephone is switched off.
        • Item - 1 The telephone is switched off.
        • Item - 2 The vehicle is currently outside the transmitter or receiver range.
        • Item - 3 The telephone is ready for use.
        • Item - 4 Name selected from the telephone book.
        • Item - 5 Number for the name selected. The dialing commences.
        • Item - 6 Dialing is completed. The name is displayed. The display remains for the duration of the...
        • Item - 7 Duration of call
        • Item - 8 Memory location number
        • Item - 9 Signal strength (in top right corner): Vehicles with audio system: the higher the number...
      • Para - The telephone must be switched on.
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Pressing
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Press the
        • Para - The procedure is cancelled and display(4) appears.
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - The name will be displayed when dialing is completed. Display (6) remains for the duration...
      • Para - Pressing the
      • Para - Pressing the
    • Subsection - Telephone:Redialing
      • Title - Telephone:Redialing
        • Marker - Telephone:Redialing
          • M-Index - Telephone:Redialing
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2899-27
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 The telephone is ready for use.
        • Item - 1 The telephone is ready for use.
        • Item - 2 Number or name stored in the redial memory.
        • Item - 3 Number in the redial memory — redialing has commenced.
        • Item - 4 Dialing is complete and the name stored in the telephone book is displayed or the number...
        • Item - 5 Signal strength: Vehicles with audio system (in top right corner): the higher the number...
        • Item - 6 Memory location numbers — the 10 most recently dialed numbers are stored. L0, most recen...
        • Item - 7 Duration of call.
      • Para - The telephone must be switched on.
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Pressing the
      • Para - Pressing the
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Press the
        • Para - The procedure is cancelled and display(1) appears.
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Once dialing is complete the name(4) is displayed if the name is stored in the telephone ...
      • Para - Pressing the
      • Para - Pressing the
    • Subsection - Telephone:Incoming call
      • Title - Telephone:Incoming call
        • Marker - Telephone:Incoming call
          • M-Index - Telephone:Incoming call
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2202-21
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - The telephone must be switched on.
      • OrderedList - call
        • Item - call
          • DisplayMess - call
        • Item - 2 Signal strength: Vehicles with audio system (in top right corner): the higher the number...
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press the
  • Section - Navigation system
    • Title - Navigation system
      • Marker - Navigation system
        • M-Index - Navigation system
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2985-27
        • M-ToCEntry - Navigation system
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 The navigation system is switched off.
      • Item - 1 The navigation system is switched off.
      • Item - 2 The navigation system is switched on but no destination has been specified.
      • Item - 3 The navigation system is switched on and destination guidance is active.
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - See the separate
    • Para - Pressing the
  • Section - Trip computer
    • Title - Trip computer
      • Marker - Trip computer
        • M-Index - Trip computer
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2529-27
        • M-ToCEntry - Trip computer
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - Afterstart
      • Item - Afterstart
        • DisplayMess - Afterstart
      • Item - Afterreset
        • DisplayMess - Afterreset
      • Item - 3 Estimated range remaining
      • Item - 4 Distance covered
      • Item - 5 Elapsed time
      • Item - 6 Average speed
      • Item - 7 Average fuel consumption
    • Para - Press the button
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - Pressing the
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - The display (1) always appears the next time the trip computer is called up.
    • Subsection - To reset the short
      • Title - To reset the short
      • Para - Call up the relevant display(1or2) using the
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The
  • Section - Malfunction/warning message memory
    • Title - Malfunction/warning message memory
      • Marker - Malfunction/warning message memory
        • M-Index - Malfunction/warning message memory
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2863-27
        • M-ToCEntry - Malfunction/warning message memory
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 There are no messages stored in the system.
      • Item - 1 There are no messages stored in the system.
      • Item - 2 Number of messages stored in the system.
      • Item - 3 There are messages stored in the system.
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - See page
    • Para - Display(2) will reappear after you have scanned all the malfunction and warning messages.
    • Para - Should any malfunction or warning messages be stored while driving, they will reappear in ...
    • Para - The malfunction or warning messages will now be displayed for approximately 5seconds each.
    • Para - Pressing the reset knob on the instrument cluster (seepage
    • Para - The message memory will be cleared when the electronic key is turned in the starter switch...
    • Para - Pressing the
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and displayed to a...
  • Section - Individual settings
    • Title - Individual settings
      • Marker - Individual settings
        • M-ToCEntry - Individual settings
        • M-Index - Individual settings
        • M-Index - Multifunction display:Individual settings
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-3567-27
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings.
      • Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings.
      • Item - SETTINGS
        • DisplayMess - SETTINGS
      • ItemPara - INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
        • DisplayMess - INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
      • ItemPara - LIGHTING
        • DisplayMess - LIGHTING
      • ItemPara - VEHICLE
        • DisplayMess - VEHICLE
      • ItemPara - CONVENIENCE
        • Quotes - CONVENIENCE
      • ItemPara - The four menus contain additional submenus. Individual settings can be selected in the...
      • Item - 3 See below for instructions on returning the setting menus to the factory settings.
      • Item - 4 Acknowledgment.
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - The displayed menu
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - Pressing the
    • Para - INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
      • DisplayMess - INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
    • Para - LIGHTING
      • DisplayMess - LIGHTING
    • Para - VEHICLE
      • DisplayMess - VEHICLE
    • Para - CONVENIENCE
      • Quotes - CONVENIENCE
    • Para - Pressing the
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - These settings may only be performed with the vehicle at standstill and with the electroni...
      • Para - The individual setting preliminary display(1) will appear if you speed up.
      • Para - The setting menu previously called up will reappear when the vehicle stops, providing no o...
    • Subsection - To return menu
      • Title - To return menu
      • ItemizedList - • Call up the individual setting preliminary display(1) or display(2).
        • Item - • Call up the individual setting preliminary display(1) or display(2).
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster (seepage
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
        • ItemPara - The individual setting preliminary display(1) will appear if you do not press the res...
    • Subsection - Individual settings:"INSTRUMENT CLUSTER"
      • Title - Individual settings:"INSTRUMENT CLUSTER"
        • Marker - Individual settings:"INSTRUMENT CLUSTER"
          • M-Index - Individual settings:"INSTRUMENT CLUSTER"
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-3566-29
        • Quotes - INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
        • Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
        • Item - SETTINGS
          • DisplayMess - SETTINGS
        • Item - SET TIME
          • DisplayMess - SET TIME
        • Item - SET TIME
          • DisplayMess - SET TIME
        • Item - 12/24 o’clock
          • DisplayMess - 12/24 o’clock
        • Item - TEMP.INDICATOR
          • DisplayMess - TEMP.INDICATOR
        • Item - display values in
          • DisplayMess - display values in
        • Item - TEXT
          • DisplayMess - TEXT
        • Item - select display
          • DisplayMess - select display
        • Item - 10 See page
        • Item - 11 Acknowledgment.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Vehicles with COMAND: For setting clock and speedometer units, see separate
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Pressing the
      • Para - The settings made are stored and applied immediately.
      • Para - The individual setting preliminary display(1) will appear again after you have run throug...
    • Subsection - To return menu
      • Title - To return menu
      • ItemizedList - • Call up one of the setting menus(3to9).
        • Item - • Call up one of the setting menus(3to9).
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster, see page
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
    • Subsection - Individual settings:"LIGHTING"
      • Title - Individual settings:"LIGHTING"
        • Marker - Individual settings:"LIGHTING"
          • M-Index - Individual settings:"LIGHTING"
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-3565-29
        • Quotes - LIGHTING
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
        • Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
        • Item - SETTINGS
          • DisplayMess - SETTINGS
        • Item - lightcircuitHEADLAMPMODE
          • DisplayMess - lightcircuitHEADLAMPMODE
          • Superscript - 1
        • Item - LOCATOR LIGHTING
          • DisplayMess - LOCATOR LIGHTING
        • Item - HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCHOFF
          • DisplayMess - HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCHOFF
        • Item - INT. ILLUMINATION DELAYED SWITCHOFF
          • DisplayMess - INT. ILLUMINATION DELAYED SWITCHOFF
        • Item - 7 Returning the setting menu
        • Item - 8 Acknowledgment.
      • Footnote - 1 Except Canada
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - The individual setting preliminary display(1) will appear again after you have run throug...
    • Subsection - To return menu
      • Title - To return menu
      • ItemizedList - • Call up menu(3 to6).
        • Item - • Call up menu(3 to6).
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster (see page
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
    • Subsection - Individual settings:"VEHICLE"
      • Title - Individual settings:"VEHICLE"
        • Marker - Individual settings:"VEHICLE"
          • M-Index - Individual settings:"VEHICLE"
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-3564-29
        • Quotes - VEHICLE
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
        • Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
        • Item - SETTINGS
          • DisplayMess - SETTINGS
        • Item - press button in audio mode
          • DisplayMess - press button in audio mode
          • Superscript -
        • Item - AUTOMATICDOORLOCK
          • DisplayMess - AUTOMATICDOORLOCK
        • Item - 5 Returning the setting menu
        • Item - 6 Acknowledgment.
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - The individual setting preliminary display(1) will appear again after you have run throug...
    • Subsection - To return menu
      • Title - To return menu
      • ItemizedList - • Call up menu(3 or 4).
        • Item - • Call up menu(3 or 4).
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster (see page
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
    • Subsection - Individual settings:"CONVENIENCE"
      • Title - Individual settings:"CONVENIENCE"
        • Marker - Individual settings:"CONVENIENCE"
          • M-Index - Individual settings:"CONVENIENCE"
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-3564-29
        • Quotes - CONVENIENCE
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
        • Item - 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings
        • Item - SETTINGS
          • DisplayMess - SETTINGS
        • Item - easy-entry feature activate
          • DisplayMess - easy-entry feature activate
          • Superscript -
        • Item - 4
        • Item - mirror setting when parking
          • DisplayMess - mirror setting when parking
        • Item - 6 Returning the setting menu
        • Item - 7 Acknowledgment.
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - The individual setting preliminary display(1) will appear again after you have run throug...
    • Subsection - To return menu
      • Title - To return menu
      • ItemizedList - • Call up menu(3 to 5).
        • Item - • Call up menu(3 to 5).
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster, see page
        • Item - • Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster once more. The menu
  • Section - Setting the audio volume
    • Title - Setting the audio volume
      • Marker - Setting the audio volume
        • M-Index - Setting the audio volume
        • M-ToCEntry - Setting the audio volume
    • Para - You can only adjust the volume of the system currently in use.
    • Para - Vehicles with COMAND system:
    • Para - The volume setting for each system (audio, telephone, navigation and voice recognition sys...
    • Para - Setting button:
    • Para - æ
      • SpecialChar - æ
    • Para - ç
      • SpecialChar - ç
  • Section - Coolant temperature gauge
    • Title - Coolant temperature gauge
      • Marker - Coolant temperature gauge
        • M-Index - Coolant temperature gauge
        • M-Title - Flexible service system
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2768-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Coolant temperature gauge
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
    • Para - Call up the trip odometer and main odometer by pressing button
    • Para - During severe operating conditions and stop-and-go city traffic, the coolant temperature m...
    • Para - The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 120
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • ItemizedList - • Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may hav...
              • Item - • Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked...
                • Bold - • Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked...
        • Row -
          • Entry - • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening t...
            • ItemizedList - • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by op...
              • Item - • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening th...
                • Bold - • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening th...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it co...
            • Para - Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it coo...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - Excessive coolant temperatures trigger a warning in the multifunction display. See page
  • Section - Flexible service system (FSS)
    • Title - Flexible service system (FSS)
      • Marker - Flexible service system (FSS)
        • M-Index - Flexible service system (FSS)
        • M-Title - Flexible service system
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2768-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Flexible service system (FSS)
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The FSS permits a flexible service schedule that is directly related to the operating cond...
    • Para - The symbol
    • Para - Depending on operating conditions throughout the year, the next service is calculated and ...
    • Para - The message is displayed for approximately 10seconds when turning the electronic key in s...
    • Para - The symbols and messages indicate the type of service to be performed:
    • DefinitionList - 9
      • Definition - 9
        • SpecialChar - 9
      • Item - ServiceA
      • Definition - º
        • SpecialChar - º
      • Item - ServiceB
    • Para - One of the following messages will appear in the display (e.g. ServiceA):
    • Para - serviceA–in
      • DisplayMess - serviceA–in
      • DisplayMess - serviceA–in
    • Para - The next service due date is displayed either in days or in miles, depending on your drivi...
    • Para - Once the suggested service term has passed, the symbol and message appear for approximatel...
    • Para - The service indicator disappears automatically after 30seconds or if the knob for instrum...
    • Para - Calling up service indicator manually:
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1.
    • Para - Call up the trip odometer and main odometer by pressing button
    • Para - Press button
    • Para - The next or previous system is displayed by pressing button
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - The FSS indicator is not an engine oil level indicator. See page
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - When disconnecting vehicle battery for one or more days at a time, such days will not be c...
      • Para - The interval between services is determined by the type of driving for which the vehicle i...
    • Para - Following a completed A or B service the MercedesBenz Center sets the counter mileage to ...
    • Para - The counter can also be set by any individual. To do so:
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1.
    • Para - To call up the trip odometer and main odometer, press button
    • Para - Press button
    • Para - Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster, see page
    • Para - The multifunction display will show the question:
    • Para - Press the reset knob on the instrument cluster again to reset the service indicator.
    • Para - The new service indicator is displayed with the reset distance of 10000miles (Canada 15...
    • Para - If the FSS counter was inadvertently reset, have a MercedesBenz Center correct it.
    • Para - However you choose to set your reference numbers, the scheduled services as posted in the ...
  • Section - Engine oil level indicator
    • Title - Engine oil level indicator
      • Marker - Engine oil level indicator
        • M-Index - Engine oil level indicator
        • M-Title - Engine oil level indicator
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-3563-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Engine oil level indicator
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - To check the engine oil level, park vehicle on level ground, with engine at normal operati...
    • Para - Check oil level approximately 5minutes after stopping the engine, allowing for the oil to...
    • Para - The message
    • ItemizedList - • with engine at operational temperature approximately 5minutes.
      • Item - • with engine at operational temperature approximately 5minutes.
      • Item - • with engine not at operational temperature up to approximately 30minutes.
    • Para - The engine oil level check can be repeated after a short time.
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position2.
    • Para - To call up the trip odometer and main odometer, press button
    • Para - Press button
    • Para - The electronic key in starter switch is not in position2 if the
    • Para - The
    • Para - One of the following messages will subsequently appear on the indicator:
    • Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–O.K.
      • DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–O.K.
    • Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–ADD 1.0QUART
      • DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–ADD 1.0QUART
    • Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–ADD 1.5QUART
      • DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–ADD 1.5QUART
    • Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–ADD 2.0QUART
      • DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–ADD 2.0QUART
    • Para - See
    • Para - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–REDUCE OIL LEVEL
      • DisplayMess - ENGINE OIL LEVEL–REDUCE OIL LEVEL
      • Underline - Do not overfill the engine.
    • Para - The
    • Para - Perform the engine oil level check with the dipstick, if it cannot be completed via the mu...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - See malfunction and warning messages on page
      • Para - The engine oil level cannot be checked while the engine is running. The
  • Section - Engine oil consumption
    • Title - Engine oil consumption
      • Marker - Engine oil consumption
        • M-Index - Engine oil consumption
        • M-ToCEntry - Engine oil consumption
    • Para - Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the break-in period. During the br...
  • Section - Exterior lamp switch
    • Title - Exterior lamp switch
      • Marker - Exterior lamp switch
        • M-Index - Exterior lamp switch
        • M-Title - Exterior lamp switch
        • M-GraphicNum - P82.10-0918-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Exterior lamp switch
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • DefinitionList - M
      • Definition - M
        • SpecialChar - M
      • Item - Off
      • Definition - U
        • SpecialChar - U
      • Item - Automatic headlamp mode, see below.
      • Definition - C
        • SpecialChar - C
      • Item - Parking lamps (also side marker lamps, taillamps, licence plate lamps, instrument panel la...
      • Definition - B
        • SpecialChar - B
      • Item - Parking lamps plus low beam or high beam headlamps (combination switch pushed forward).
      • Definition - ˆ
        • SpecialChar - ˆ
      • Item - Standing lamps, right (turn left one stop)
      • Definition - ‚
        • SpecialChar - ‚
      • Item - Standing lamps, left (turn left two stops)
      • Definition - ‡
        • SpecialChar - ‡
      • Item - Front fog lamps (pull out one stop) with parking lamps and/or low beam headlamps on. Green...
      • Definition - †
        • SpecialChar - †
      • Item - Rear fog lamp (pull out to second detent) in addition to the front fog lamps. Yellow indic...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - With the electronic key removed and the driver’s door open, a warning sounds if the vehicl...
      • Para - Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and/or the low beam headlamps on. Fog lamp...
      • Para - Fog lamps are automatically switched off when the exterior lamp switch is turned to position
  • Section - Headlamp mode (HEADLAMPS)
    • Title - Headlamp mode (HEADLAMPS)
      • Marker - Headlamp mode (HEADLAMPS)
        • M-Index - Headlamp mode (HEADLAMPS)
        • M-ToCEntry - Headlamp mode
    • Para - The headlamps can be switched on and off manually or automatically, or switched to daytime...
    • Para - Manual operation:
    • Para - The low beam headlamps, parking lamps and license plate lamps can be switched on and off w...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle’s lights at all times. The auto...
    • Para - Automatic operation:
    • Para - With electronic key in starter switch in position1 turn exterior lamp switch to position
    • Para - The parking lamps switch on and off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambie...
    • Subtitle - With the engine running and exterior lamp switch in position
    • Para - The low beam headlamps, parking lamps and license plate lamps are switched on and off auto...
    • Para - The low beam headlamps, parking lamps and license plate lamps can still be switched on and...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - The headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions.
    • Subsection - Exterior lamp switch:Daytime running lamp mode
      • Title - Exterior lamp switch:Daytime running lamp mode
        • Marker - Exterior lamp switch:Daytime running lamp mode
          • M-Index - Exterior lamp switch:Daytime running lamp mode
      • Para - Turn exterior lamp switch to position
      • Para - When the engine is running, the low beam headlamps (includes parking lamps and license pla...
      • Para - Canada only: When shifting from a driving position to position
      • Para - For nighttime driving the exterior lamp switch should be turned to position
      • Para - USA only: The high beam headlamps can also be activated when driving with the daytime runn...
      • Para - See page
      • Para - To activate the daytime running lamp mode, see
  • Section - Night security illumination
    • Title - Night security illumination
      • Marker - Night security illumination
        • M-ToCEntry - Night security illumination
        • M-Index - Night security illumination
    • Para - When turning off the engine, the exterior lamps switch on for added illumination, if they ...
    • Para - The lamp-on time period for night security illumination can be set at several different ti...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - Within 10minutes after closing the last door the night security illumination can be react...
      • Para - See “Individual settings”–
    • Subtitle - Deactivating night security illumination temporarily:
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position0 then to position2 and back to pos...
    • Subsection - Locator lighting
      • Title - Locator lighting
        • Marker - Locator lighting
          • M-Index - Locator lighting
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Locator lighting
      • Para - After unlocking the vehicle with the electronic main key during darkness, the fog lamps, p...
      • Para - The exterior lamps will be switched off when opening the driver’s door.
      • Para - See “Individual settings”–
  • Section - Headlamp cleaning system
    • Title - Headlamp cleaning system
      • Marker - Headlamp cleaning system
        • M-Index - Headlamp cleaning system
        • M-GraphicNum - P82.15-0266-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Headlamp cleaning system
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1.
    • Para - The headlamps will be cleaned with a high-pressure water jet when you press the headlamp w...
    • Para - See page
  • Section - Combination switch
    • Title - Combination switch
      • Marker - Combination switch
        • M-Index - Combination switch
        • M-Title - Combination switch
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.25-2001-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Combination switch
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Low beam (exterior lamp switch position
      • Item - 1 Low beam (exterior lamp switch position
      • Item - 2 High beam (exterior lamp switch position
      • Item - 3 High beam flasher (high beam available independent of exterior lamp switch position)
      • Item - 4 Turn signals, right
      • Item - 5 Turn signals, left
    • Para - To signal minor directional changes, such as changing lanes on a highway, move combination...
    • Para - To operate the turn signals continuously, move the combination switch past the point of re...
    • Para - Turn signal failure
      • Bold - Turn signal failure
    • Para - If one of the turn signals fails, the turn signal indicator system flashes and sounds at a...
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P54.20-2001-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.20-2001-26
      • ItemPara - Push switch past resistance point: Windshield washer system, windshield wipers.
      • ItemPara - See page
      • Item - 7 Windshield wipers
      • Item - 0
        • DefinitionList - 0
          • Definition - 0
          • Item - Off
          • Definition - I
          • Item - Intermittent wiping
          • ItemPara - Rain sensor
            • Marker - Rain sensor
              • M-Index - Rain sensor
          • ItemPara - Notes:
          • ItemPara - With switch in this position, one wipe occurs when turning the electronic key in start...
          • ItemPara - Do not leave in intermittent setting when vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or...
          • Definition - II
          • Item - Normal wiper speed
          • Definition - III
          • Item - Fast wiper speed
    • Subsection - Blocked windshield wipers
      • Title - Blocked windshield wipers
      • Para - If the windshield wipers become blocked (for example, due to snow), switch off the wipers.
      • Para - For safety reasons before removing ice or snow, remove electronic key from starter switch....
      • Para - Activate combination switch again (electronic key in starter switch position1).
    • Subsection - Emergency operation of windshield wipers
      • Title - Emergency operation of windshield wipers
      • Para - In case of windshield wiper malfunction in switch positionsI orIII, turn combination swi...
    • Subsection - Windshield wipers smear
      • Title - Windshield wipers smear
      • Para - If the windshield wipers smear the windshield, even during rain, activate the washer syste...
      • Para - See page
    • Subsection - Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
      • Title - Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
      • Para - For temperatures above freezing: MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
      • Para - 1 part
      • Para - For temperature below freezing:
      • Para - MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
      • Para - 1 part
  • Section - Hazard warning flasher
    • Title - Hazard warning flasher
      • Marker - Hazard warning flasher
        • M-Title - Hazard warning flasher
        • M-Index - Hazard warning flasher switch
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.25-2149-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Hazard warning flasher switch
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The hazard warning flasher can be activated either manually via the switch located in the ...
    • Para - To activate hazard warning flasher, press switch once. To deactivate, press switch again.
    • Para - If hazard warning flasher was activated automatically, press switch twice to deactivate.
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - With the hazard warning flasher activated, the combination switch in position for either l...
  • Section - Climate control
    • Title - Climate control
      • Marker - Climate control
        • M-Index - Climate control
        • M-GraphicNum - P83.30-3293-29
        • M-Title - Climate control
        • M-ToCEntry - Climate control
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Display and controls
      • Item - 1 Display and controls
      • Item - 2 Air volume control for left center air outlet
      • Item - 3 Center air outlet, left, adjustable
      • Item - 4 Thumbwheel for adding outside air at air outlets for center, left and right sides, as we...
      • Item - 5 Center air outlet, right, adjustable
      • Item - 6 Air volume control for right center air outlet
      • Item - 7 Air volume control and air outlet on dashboard top center
      • Item - 8 Air volume control for side air outlet
      • Item - 9 Side air outlet, adjustable
      • Item - 10 Side defroster outlet, fixed
    • Subsection - Climate control:Display and controls
      • Title - Climate control:Display and controls
        • Marker - Climate control:Display and controls
          • M-Index - Climate control:Display and controls
          • M-GraphicNum - P83.40-0485-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Air volume
        • Item - 1 Air volume
        • Item - 2 Temperature control, left
        • Item - 3 Temperature control, right
        • Item - 4 Air distribution control switch
        • Item - 5 Rear window defroster, see page
        • Item - 6 Economy mode, see page
        • Item - 7 Air distribution and air volume (automatic)
        • Item - 8 Air recirculation, see page
        • Item - 9 Defrosting, see page
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - This vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system that uses R-134a (HFC: hydrofluor...
    • Subsection - Climate control
      • Title - Climate control
      • Para - The system is always at operational readiness, except when manually switched off.
      • Para - The climate control only operates with the engine running.
      • Para - The temperature selector should be left at the desired temperature setting. The temperatur...
      • Para - The system will not heat or cool any quicker by setting a higher or lower temperature.
      • Para - The desired interior temperature can be selected separately for the left and right side of...
      • Para - The climate control removes considerable moisture from the air during operation in the coo...
      • Para - The air conditioning will not engage (no cooling) if the economy mode
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - Do not obstruct the air flow by placing objects on the air flow-through exhaust slots belo...
        • Para - Also keep the air intake grill in front of the windshield free of snow and debris.
        • Para - The storage compartment between the front seats can be ventilated. See page
        • Para - The air conditioner switches itself off for its own protection if refrigerant is lost. No ...
    • Subsection - Climate control:Dust filter
      • Title - Climate control:Dust filter
        • Marker - Climate control:Dust filter
          • M-Index - Climate control:Dust filter
      • Para - Nearly all dust particles and pollen are filtered out before outside air enters the passen...
    • Subsection - Climate control:Basic setting
      • Title - Climate control:Basic setting
        • Marker - Climate control:Basic setting
          • M-Index - Climate control:Basic setting
          • M-GraphicNum - P83.40-2119-21
      • Para - Press
      • Para - Set the left and right temperature to72
      • Para - Heating mode: To lower headroom temperature, use thumbwheel (4, page
      • Para - Air conditioning mode: Open air outlets at dashboard top center (7, page
    • Subsection - Climate control:Special settings
      • Title - Climate control:Special settings
        • Marker - Climate control:Special settings
          • M-Index - Climate control:Special settings
      • Subtitle - Air distribution and air volume, manual
        • Bold - Air distribution and air volume, manual
      • Para - Press
      • Para - Select any of the six air volume speeds and the air distribution.
      • Subtitle - Air distribution, manual:
      • DefinitionList - h
        • Definition - h
          • SpecialChar - h
        • Item - Air from the center, side, dashboard top center and rear passenger compartment air outlets.
        • Definition - j
          • SpecialChar - j
        • Item - Air from the windshield, side defroster and rear passenger compartment air outlets.
        • Definition - k
          • SpecialChar - k
        • Item - Air from the center, side, footwell, rear footwell and rear passenger compartment air outl...
      • Subtitle - To return to automatic mode:
      • Para - Press the
    • Subsection - Climate control:Defrosting
      • Title - Climate control:Defrosting
        • Marker - Climate control:Defrosting
          • M-Index - Climate control:Defrosting
          • M-GraphicNum - P83.40-2009-21
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Switch off air recirculation, if selected. Press button
      • Para - Close center air outlets.
      • Para - Turn wheels(8, page
      • Para - Pressing the switch again returns the system to the previous setting.
    • Subsection - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
      • Title - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
        • Marker - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
          • M-Index - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
      • Para - Switch off the economy mode, if selected. Press button
      • Para - Switch off air recirculation, if selected. Press button
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Increase temperature setting.
      • Para - Open the side air outlets(9, page
    • Subsection - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
      • Title - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
        • Marker - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
          • M-Index - Climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
      • Para - Switch on the windshield wiper.
      • Para - Close air outlet at dashboard top center.
      • Para - Switch to manual mode.
      • Para - Turn air distribution switch to position
    • Subsection - Climate control:Air recirculation
      • Title - Climate control:Air recirculation
        • Marker - Climate control:Air recirculation
          • M-Index - Climate control:Air recirculation
      • Para - Select air recirculation:
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - To switch off the air recirculation:
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Switching on air recirculation and activating convenience closing of power windows and sli...
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Switching off air recirculation and activating convenience opening:
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - A window or the sliding/pop-up roof opened manually after convenience closing will no lo...
      • Para - The system automatically switches from air recirculation to fresh air:
      • ItemizedList - • after 30minutes if the outside temperature is above about40
        • Item - • after 30minutes if the outside temperature is above about40
        • Item - • after 5minutes if the outside temperature is below about 40
        • Item - • after 5minutes if economy mode
      • Para - The system switches automatically to air recirculation at high outside temperatures. A qua...
      • Para - If the windows should fog up from the inside, switch from recirculated air back to fresh air.
    • Subsection - Climate control OFF/ON
      • Title - Climate control OFF/ON
      • Para - To switch the climate control off, set the air volume control switch to position0.
      • Para - The fresh air supply to the vehicle interior is shut off.
      • Para - While driving, use this setting only temporarily, otherwise the windshield could fog up.
      • Para - To switch the climate control on again, set air volume control switch to any speed.
    • Subsection - Climate control:Economy mode
      • Title - Climate control:Economy mode
        • Marker - Climate control:Economy mode
          • M-Index - Climate control:Economy mode
      • Para - The function of this setting corresponds to the automatic mode. However, because the air c...
      • Para - Press
      • Para - Press
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - In the
    • Subsection - Climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
      • Title - Climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
        • Marker - Climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
          • M-Index - Climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
          • M-Index - REST
          • M-GraphicNum - P83.40-2120-21
      • Para - With the engine switched off, it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior...
      • Para - To select:
      • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or0 or remove it altogether.
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - This function selection will not activate if the battery level is insufficient.
      • Para - The function switches off automatically:
      • ItemizedList - • if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position2,
        • Item - • if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position2,
        • Item - • after approximately 30minutes,
        • Item - • if the battery voltage drops.
  • Section - Automatic climate control
    • Title - Automatic climate control
      • Marker - Automatic climate control
        • M-Index - Automatic climate control
        • M-GraphicNum - P83.30-3293-29
        • M-Title - Automatic climate control
        • M-ToCEntry - Automatic climate control
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Display and controls
      • Item - 1 Display and controls
      • Item - 2 Air volume control for left center air outlet
      • Item - 3 Center air outlet, left, adjustable
      • Item - 4 Thumbwheel for adding outside air at air outlets for center, left and right sides, as we...
      • Item - 5 Center air outlet, right, adjustable
      • Item - 6 Air volume control for right center air outlet
      • Item - 7 Air volume control and air outlet on dashboard top center
      • Item - 8 Air volume control for side air outlet
      • Item - 9 Side air outlet, adjustable
      • Item - 10 Side defroster outlet, fixed
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Display and controls
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Display and controls
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Display and controls
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Display and controls
          • M-GraphicNum - P83.40-0485-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Temperature control, left, lowering
        • Item - 1 Temperature control, left, lowering
        • Item - 2 Temperature control, left, raising
        • Item - 3 Air distribution control switch left (automatic, manual operation)
        • Item - 4 Activated charcoal filter, see page
        • Item - 5 Display
        • Item - 6 Air distribution control switch right (automatic, manual operation)
        • Item - 7 Temperature control, right, raising
        • Item - 8 Temperature control, right, lowering
        • Item - 9 Rear window defroster, see page
        • Item - 10 Economy mode, see page
        • Item - 11 Air volume control + switch on system
        • Item - 12 Air volume control - switch off system
        • Item - 13 Air recirculation, see page
        • Item - 14 Defrosting, see page
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - This vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system that uses R-134a (HFC: hydrofluor...
        • OrderedList - 1 Temperature, left
          • Item - 1 Temperature, left
          • Item - 2 Temperature, right
          • Item - 3 Air volume
          • Item - 4 Automatic mode is selected
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control
      • Title - Automatic climate control
      • Para - The system is always at operational readiness, except when manually switched off.
      • Para - The automatic climate control only operates with the engine running.
      • Para - The temperature selector should be left at the desired temperature setting. The temperatur...
      • Para - The system will not heat or cool any quicker by setting a higher or lower temperature.
      • Para - The desired interior temperature and air distribution can be selected separately for the l...
      • Para - The automatic climate control removes considerable moisture from the air during operation ...
      • Para - The air conditioning will not engage (no cooling) if the economy mode
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - Do not obstruct the air flow by placing objects on the air flow-through exhaust slots belo...
        • Para - Also keep the air intake grill in front of the windshield free of snow and debris.
        • Para - The storage compartment between the front seats can be ventilated. See page
        • Para - The air conditioner switches itself off for its own protection if refrigerant is lost. No ...
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Dust filter
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Dust filter
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Dust filter
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Dust filter
      • Para - Nearly all dust particles and pollen are filtered out before outside air enters the passen...
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Basic setting
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Basic setting
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Basic setting
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Basic setting
      • Para - Briefly press left or right
      • Para - The economy mode and air recirculation functions will be switched off. The automatic blowe...
      • Para - Set the temperature switches on the left and right to72
      • Para - Heating mode: To lower headroom temperature, use thumbwheel (4, page
      • Para - Air conditioning mode: Open air outlets at dashboard top center (7, page
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Special settings
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Special settings
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Special settings
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Special settings
      • Subtitle - Automatic climate control:Air volume, manual
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Air volume, manual
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Air volume, manual
          • M-GraphicNum - P83.40-0491-21
        • Bold - Air distribution, manual
      • Para - Press left or right
      • DefinitionList - h
        • Definition - h
          • SpecialChar - h
        • Item - Air from the center, side, dashboard top center and rear passenger compartment air outlets.
        • Definition - j
          • SpecialChar - j
        • Item - Air from the windshield, side defroster and rear passenger compartment air outlets.
        • Definition - k
          • SpecialChar - k
        • Item - Air from the center, side, footwell, rear footwell and rear passenger compartment air outl...
      • Para - To return to automatic mode:
      • Para - Press left or right
      • Subtitle - Air volume, manual
        • Bold - Air volume, manual
      • Para - Seven blower speeds are available.
      • Para - Press right
      • Para - The display
      • Para - To return to automatic mode:
      • Para - Press left or right
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Defrosting
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Defrosting
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Defrosting
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Defrosting
      • Para - Windows fogged up on the inside
        • Bold - Windows fogged up on the inside
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the inside
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Switch off air recirculation, if selected. Press button
      • Para - The fan is set to a higher speed and the warm air is directed to the defroster and windshi...
      • Para - Pressing the switch again returns the system to the previous setting.
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Windows fogged up on the outside
      • Para - Switch on the windshield wiper.
      • Para - Close air outlet on dashboard top center (7, page
      • Para - Switch to manual mode.
      • Para - Turn air distribution control switch to position
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Air recirculation
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Air recirculation
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Air recirculation
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Air recirculation
      • Para - Select air recirculation:
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - To switch off the air recirculation:
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Switching on air recirculation and activating convenience closing of power windows and sli...
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - Switching off air recirculation and activating convenience opening:
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - A window or the sliding/pop-up roof opened manually after convenience closing will no lo...
      • Para - The system automatically switches from air recirculation to fresh air:
      • ItemizedList - • after 30minutes if the outside temperature is above about40
        • Item - • after 30minutes if the outside temperature is above about40
        • Item - • after 5minutes if the outside temperature is below about 40
        • Item - • after 5minutes if economy mode
      • Para - The system switches automatically to air recirculation at high outside temperatures. A qua...
      • Para - If the windows should fog up from the inside, switch from recirculated air back to fresh air.
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Activated charcoal filter
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Activated charcoal filter
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Activated charcoal filter
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Activated charcoal filter
      • Para - An activated charcoal filter markedly reduces bad odors and removes pollutants from air en...
      • Para - To select, press
      • Para - To cancel, press button. The indicator lamp in the button goes out.
      • Para - The system switches automatically to the air recirculation mode, if the carbon monoxide(C...
      • Para - The automatic air recirculation mode does not function if economy mode
      • Para - The activated charcoal filter should be switched off when windows fog up on the inside, or...
      • Para - Switching on the activated carbon filter and activating convenience closing of power windo...
      • Para - The indicator lamp in the
      • Para - Switching off activated carbon filter and activating convenience opening:
      • Para - The indicator lamp in the
      • Para - A window or the sliding/pop-up roof opened manually after convenience closing will no lo...
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Economy mode
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Economy mode
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Economy mode
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Economy mode
      • Para - The function of this setting corresponds to the automatic mode. However, because the air c...
      • Para - Press
      • Para - Press
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - In the
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control - OFF/ON
      • Title - Automatic climate control - OFF/ON
      • Para - To switch the climate control off, set the air volume control switch to position0.
      • Para - The fresh air supply to the vehicle interior is shut off.
      • Para - While driving, use this setting only temporarily, otherwise the windshield could fog up.
      • Para - To switch the climate control on again, press the
    • Subsection - Automatic climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
      • Title - Automatic climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
        • Marker - Automatic climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
          • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
          • M-Index - REST
          • M-GraphicNum - P83.40-2120-21
      • Para - With the engine switched off, it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior...
      • Para - To select:
      • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or0 or remove it altogether.
      • Para - Press button
      • Para - This function selection will not activate if the battery level is insufficient.
      • Para - The function switches off automatically:
      • ItemizedList - • if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position2,
        • Item - • if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position2,
        • Item - • after approximately 30minutes,
        • Item - • if the battery voltage drops.
  • Section - Rear window defroster
    • Title - Rear window defroster
      • Marker - Rear window defroster
        • M-Index - Rear window defroster
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position2.
    • Para - To select:
    • Para - Press the
    • Para - To cancel:
    • Para - Press the
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - Heavy accumulation of snow and ice should be removed before activating the defroster.
    • Para - The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power. To keep the battery drain to a min...
    • Para - The defroster is automatically turned off after approximately 6–17minutes of operation de...
    • Para - If several power consumers are turned on simultaneously, or the battery is only partially ...
    • Para - As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage, the defroster automatically turns itself ba...
  • Section - Front center console storage compartment ventilation
    • Title - Front center console storage compartment ventilation
      • Marker - Front center console storage compartment ventilation
        • M-ToCEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation
        • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Front center console storage compartment ventilation
        • M-Index - Climate control:Front center console storage compartment ventilation
        • M-Index - Front center console storage compartment ventilation
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The front center console compartment has its own air outlet.
    • Para - To open: Raise lever (1).
    • Para - To close: Lower lever (1).
    • Para - The air volume is dependent on the setting of:
    • ItemizedList - • air distribution control,
      • Item - • air distribution control,
      • Item - • air volume control,
      • Item - • air outlets in the dashboard.
    • Para - The air temperature is about the same as that of the dashboard air outlets. It cannot be r...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space. When storing heat sensitive o...
      • Para - Do not allow articles to obstruct the air outlet in the storage compartment.
  • Section - Automatic climate control:Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment
    • Title - Automatic climate control:Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment
      • Marker - Automatic climate control:Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment
        • M-Index - Automatic climate control:Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment
        • M-Index - Climate control:Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment
        • M-Index - Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets
        • M-GraphicNum - P83.00-0372-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Center air outlet, left
      • Item - 1 Center air outlet, left
      • Item - 2 Air volume control for center air outlets
      • ItemPara - To open: Turn the wheel upward.
      • Item - 3 Center air outlet, right
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - The temperature at the air outlets for the rear passenger compartment(1 and3) is the sam...
  • Section - Operation Audio and telephone
    • Title - Operation Audio and telephone
      • Marker - Operation Audio and telephone
        • M-ToCEntry - Operation Audio and telephone
        • M-Index - Audio system:Operation Audio and telephone
        • M-Title - Audio system
    • Para - These instructions are intended to help you become acquainted with your MercedesBenz audi...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - In order to avoid distraction which could lead to an accident, system settings should be e...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your car is covering...
            • Para - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your car is covering ...
  • Section - Operating safety
    • Title - Operating safety
      • Marker - Operating safety
        • M-ToCEntry - Operating safety
        • M-Index - Audio system:Operating safety
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Any alterations made to electronic components can cause malfunctions.
        • Row -
          • Entry - The radio, cassette deck, CD changer1 and telephone1 are interconnected. Therefore, when ...
            • Para - The radio, cassette deck, CD changer
        • Row -
          • Entry - These malfunctions might seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle.
            • Para - These malfunctions might seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle.
        • Row -
          • Entry - We recommend that you have any service work or alterations to electronic components done ...
            • Para - We recommend that you have any service work or alterations to electronic components done a...
    • Footnote - 1 Optional equipment
    • Footnote - Dolby and the double-D symbol
  • Section - Operating and display elements
    • Title - Operating and display elements
      • Marker - Operating and display elements
        • M-ToCEntry - Operating and display elements
        • M-Index - Audio system:Operating and display elements
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 On/off, volume
      • Item - 1 On/off, volume
      • Item - 2 Telephone mode selector
      • Item - 3 Seek tuning
      • Item - 4 Radio mode selector
      • Item - 5 Manual tuning
      • Item - 6 CD mode selector
      • Item - 7 Tape mode selector
      • Item - 8 Display panel The cassette slot is located behind the display panel. For notes on playin...
      • Item - 9 Alpha-numeric keypad for station storage and frequency entry
      • Item - 10 Scan tuning (Radio, see page
      • Item - 11 Function button
      • Item - 12 Soft keys for radio band selection
      • Item - 13 Tape eject, see page
  • Section - Button and soft key operation
    • Title - Button and soft key operation
      • Marker - Button and soft key operation
        • M-ToCEntry - Button and soft key operation
        • M-Index - Audio system:Button and soft key operation
    • Para - In these instructions, the alpha-numeric keypad (right side of radio face) and the functio...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - Do not press directly on the radio display face.
  • Section - Operation
    • Title - Operation
      • Marker - Operation
        • M-ToCEntry - Operation
        • M-Index - Audio system:Operation
    • Subsection - Switching on and off
      • Title - Switching on and off
        • Marker - Switching on and off
          • M-ToCEntry - Switching on and off
      • Para - Press the control knob
      • Para - The system is switched off when the electronic main key in the starter switch is turned to...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The system can also be switched on separately with the electronic main key removed, but wi...
    • Subsection - Adjusting the volume
      • Title - Adjusting the volume
        • Marker - Adjusting the volume
          • M-ToCEntry - Adjusting the volume
      • Para - Turning the control knob clockwise will increase the volume, counterclockwise will decreas...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The volume setting can be selected separately for the telephone, audio system and voice re...
    • Subsection - Audio functions
      • Title - Audio functions
        • Marker - Audio functions
          • M-ToCEntry - Audio functions
      • Para - The
    • Subsection - Bass
      • Title - Bass
        • Marker - Bass
          • M-ToCEntry - Bass
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Pressing the
    • Subsection - Treble
      • Title - Treble
        • Marker - Treble
          • M-ToCEntry - Treble
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Pressing the
    • Subsection - Fader
      • Title - Fader
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - Pressing the
    • Subsection - Balance
      • Title - Balance
        • Marker - Balance
          • M-ToCEntry - Balance
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Pressing the
    • Subsection - Centering all audio functions
      • Title - Centering all audio functions
        • Marker - Centering all audio functions
          • M-ToCEntry - Centering all audio functions
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Audio system tone level selection
      • Title - Audio system tone level selection
        • Marker - Audio system tone level selection
          • M-ToCEntry - Audio system tone level selection
      • Para - To select the tone level settings for radio, cassette, and CD operation press the key
      • Para - Press the key
      • Para - The key
      • Para - The key
  • Section - Radio mode
    • Title - Radio mode
      • Marker - Radio mode
        • M-ToCEntry - Radio mode
        • M-Index - Audio system:Radio mode
    • Subsection - Selecting radio mode
      • Title - Selecting radio mode
        • Marker - Selecting radio mode
          • M-ToCEntry - Selecting radio mode
      • Para - Press
    • Subsection - Selecting the band
      • Title - Selecting the band
        • Marker - Selecting the band
          • M-ToCEntry - Selecting the band
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Manual tuning
      • Title - Manual tuning
        • Marker - Manual tuning
          • M-ToCEntry - Manual tuning
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - The first three tuning steps will take place without muting. The radio will then be muted ...
    • Subsection - Seek tuning
      • Title - Seek tuning
        • Marker - Seek tuning
          • M-ToCEntry - Seek tuning
      • Para - Press either the
    • Subsection - Scan tuning
      • Title - Scan tuning
        • Marker - Scan tuning
          • M-ToCEntry - Scan tuning
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Weather Band
      • Title - Weather Band
        • Marker - Weather Band
          • M-ToCEntry - Weather Band
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Use buttons
    • Subsection - Station memory
      • Title - Station memory
        • Marker - Station memory
          • M-ToCEntry - Station memory
      • Para - Ten stations each in the AM and FM bands can be stored via the alpha-numeric keypad. The
    • Subsection - Storing stations automatically (Autostore)
      • Title - Storing stations automatically (Autostore)
        • Marker - Storing stations automatically (Autostore)
          • M-ToCEntry - Storing stations automatically (Autostore)
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Autostore memory is in addition to the regular station memory. Previously stored stations ...
      • Para - Briefly press
    • Subsection - Storing stations
      • Title - Storing stations
        • Marker - Storing stations
          • M-ToCEntry - Storing stations
      • Para - Hold the desired number button
    • Subsection - Retrieving a station from memory
      • Title - Retrieving a station from memory
        • Marker - Retrieving a station from memory
          • M-ToCEntry - Retrieving a station from memory
      • Para - Press the desired station button
    • Subsection - Direct frequency input AM and FM only
      • Title - Direct frequency input AM and FM only
        • Marker - Direct frequency input AM and FM only
          • M-ToCEntry - Direct frequency input AM and FM only
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
  • Section - Cassette mode
    • Title - Cassette mode
    • Subsection - Playing cassettes
      • Title - Playing cassettes
        • Marker - Playing cassettes
          • M-ToCEntry - Playing cassettes
      • Para - Press the
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Do not press directly on the display face.
      • Para - Return the display panel to its normal position by folding it back up and pressing gently ...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - If the display is in the down position for more than 20seconds, 2successive beeps will b...
        • Para -
          • Symbol -
        • Para - The cassette will not be ejected when the system is switched off or another mode is selected.
        • Para - If a cassette is in the mechanism, cassette mode can be selected by using the
        • Para - If no cassette has been inserted, the display will show
    • Subsection - Cassette eject
      • Title - Cassette eject
        • Marker - Cassette eject
          • M-ToCEntry - Cassette eject
      • Para - Press the
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - The cassette will not be ejected when the system is switched off. If a cassette is not eje...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - If the display is in the down position for more than 20seconds, 2successive beeps will b...
    • Subsection - Track selection
      • Title - Track selection
        • Marker - Track selection
          • M-ToCEntry - Track selection
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Track search forwards/backwards
      • Title - Track search forwards/backwards
        • Marker - Track search forwards/backwards
          • M-ToCEntry - Track search forwards/backwards
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The beginning of a track can only be located if there is a break of at least 4seconds bet...
    • Subsection - Fast forward/reverse
      • Title - Fast forward/reverse
        • Marker - Fast forward/reverse
          • M-ToCEntry - Fast forward/reverse
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - Fast forward/reverse is stopped by pressing the same button again, or it will stop automat...
    • Subsection - Scanning
      • Title - Scanning
        • Marker - Scanning
          • M-ToCEntry - Scanning
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Scanning
      • Title - Scanning
        • Marker - Scanning
          • M-ToCEntry - Scanning
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - With the
    • Subsection - DolbyNR
      • Title - DolbyNR
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
  • Section - CD mode
    • Title - CD mode
    • Subsection - General notes on CD mode
      • Title - General notes on CD mode
        • Marker - General notes on CD mode
          • M-ToCEntry - General notes on CD mode
      • Para - Should excessive temperatures occur while in CD mode,
      • Para - Should temperatures occur while in CD mode which are too low,
      • Para - Handle CDs carefully to prevent interference during playback.
      • Para - Avoid fingerprints and dust on CDs. Do not write on the CDs or apply any label or other ma...
      • Para - Clean CDs from time to time with a commercially available cleaning cloth. No solvents, ant...
      • Para - Replace the CD in its container after use. Protect CDs from heat and direct sunlight.
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - The CD changer
          • Row -
            • Entry - Do not remove the cover. The CD changer1 does not contain any parts which can be serviced...
              • Para - Do not remove the cover. The CD changer
      • Para - 1 Optional equipment
        • Footnote - 1 Optional equipment
    • Subsection - CD changer
      • Title - CD changer
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 CD changer
        • Item - 1 CD changer
        • Item - 2 CD magazine
        • Item - 3 CD tray
        • Item - 4 CD
      • Para - If a CD changer
    • Subsection - Loading/emptying the CD magazine
      • Title - Loading/emptying the CD magazine
        • Marker - Loading/emptying the CD magazine
          • M-ToCEntry - Loading/emptying the CD magazine
        • Marker - Audio system:CD changer
          • M-Index - Audio system:CD changer
      • Para - Slide the changer door to the right until it latches open and press the eject button
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Close the door after the magazine has been inserted.
    • Subsection - Playing CDs
      • Title - Playing CDs
        • Marker - Playing CDs
          • M-ToCEntry - Playing CDs
      • Para - Press the
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Skipping tracks forward/backward
      • Title - Skipping tracks forward/backward
        • Marker - Skipping tracks forward/backward
          • M-ToCEntry - Skipping tracks forward/backward
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press the
    • Subsection - Fast forward/reverse
      • Title - Fast forward/reverse
        • Marker - Fast forward/reverse
          • M-ToCEntry - Fast forward/reverse
      • Para - Press and hold the
      • Para - Press and hold the
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Scanning
      • Title - Scanning
        • Marker - Scanning
          • M-ToCEntry - Scanning
      • Para - Press the
    • Subsection - Random play/repeat function
      • Title - Random play/repeat function
        • Marker - Random play/repeat function
          • M-ToCEntry - Random play/repeat function
      • Para - The tracks of the current CD are played in random order when the random feature (RDM) is s...
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Both functions cannot be used simultaneously.
    • Subsection - Direct track selection
      • Title - Direct track selection
        • Marker - Direct track selection
          • M-ToCEntry - Direct track selection
      • Para - Tracks can be selected directly using the buttons on the alpha-numeric keypad. Press the
    • Subsection -
      • Title -
        • Marker -
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - Pressing the function button
  • Section - Telephone operation
    • Title - Telephone operation
    • Para - Various functions of the Mercedes-Benz integrated portable cellular telephone
    • Subsection - Switching the telephone on and off
      • Title - Switching the telephone on and off
        • Marker - Switching the telephone on and off
          • M-ToCEntry - Switching the telephone on and off
      • Para - Switching on: Press the
      • Para - Switching off: Press and hold the
      • Footnote - 1 Optional equipment
    • Subsection -
      • Title -
        • Marker -
      • Para - Turning the control knob clockwise will increase the volume, counterclockwise will decreas...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The volume setting can be selected separately for the telephone, audio system and voice re...
    • Subsection - Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
      • Title - Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
        • Marker - Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
          • M-ToCEntry - Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - Press the
      • Para - Press and hold the
    • Subsection - Calling up the phone book
      • Title - Calling up the phone book
        • Marker - Calling up the phone book
          • M-ToCEntry - Calling up the phone book
      • Para - The numbers stored in the telephone number memory can be called up via either name or numb...
    • Subsection - Switching between name search and number search
      • Title - Switching between name search and number search
        • Marker - Switching between name search and number search
          • M-ToCEntry - Switching between name search and number search
      • Para - Press
      • Para - Press
    • Subsection - Searching and selecting telephone book entries by name
      • Title - Searching and selecting telephone book entries by name
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - Using the buttons
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Some signs and symbols cannot be displayed.
    • Subsection - Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
      • Title - Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
        • Marker - Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
          • M-ToCEntry - Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Placing a call
      • Title - Placing a call
        • Marker - Placing a call
          • M-ToCEntry - Placing a call
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Manual repeat dialing (redial)
      • Title - Manual repeat dialing (redial)
        • Marker - Manual repeat dialing (redial)
          • M-ToCEntry - Manual repeat dialing (redial)
      • Para - The last number entered can be re-selected by pressing the
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Automatic repeat dialing (redial)
      • Title - Automatic repeat dialing (redial)
        • Marker - Automatic repeat dialing (redial)
          • M-ToCEntry - Automatic repeat dialing (redial)
      • Para - If no call can be placed, press the
      • Para - REDIAL
        • Quotes - REDIAL
    • Subsection - Abbreviated dialing from previously stored telephone numbers
      • Title - Abbreviated dialing from previously stored telephone numbers
      • Subtitle - Quick-dialing
        • Bold - Quick-dialing
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - Press the soft key
    • Subsection - Speed dialing
      • Title - Speed dialing
        • Marker - Speed dialing
          • M-ToCEntry - Speed dialing
      • Para - Enter the memory location desired with buttons
      • Para - To correct the last digit press the soft key
      • Para - The abbreviation
    • Subsection - Turbo-dialing
      • Title - Turbo-dialing
        • Marker - Turbo-dialing
          • M-ToCEntry - Turbo-dialing
      • Para - Press one of the number buttons
      • Para - The phone number or the name stored at this memory location will appear on the screen.
      • Para - When the call is initiated, the call time will appear on the display.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Please be aware that button
    • Subsection - Multi party call
      • Title - Multi party call
        • Marker - Multi party call
          • M-ToCEntry - Multi party call
      • Para - While on the telephone, a second call can be accepted by pressing the
      • Para - An additional call can be accepted after ending one of the previous calls.
    • Subsection - Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
      • Title - Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
        • Marker - Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
          • M-ToCEntry - Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
      • Title - Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
        • Marker - Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
          • M-ToCEntry - Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
      • Para - If the telephone is activated in the background (symbol
    • Subsection - Terminating call
      • Title - Terminating call
        • Marker - Terminating call
          • M-ToCEntry - Terminating call
      • Para - A current call can be terminated by pressing the
    • Subsection - Muting a call
      • Title - Muting a call
        • Marker - Muting a call
          • M-ToCEntry - Muting a call
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
    • Subsection - Component malfunctions
      • Title - Component malfunctions
        • Marker - Component malfunctions
          • M-ToCEntry - Component malfunctions
      • Para - The radio, CD changer
      • Para - 1 Optional equipment
        • Footnote - 1 Optional equipment
    • Subsection - Emergency call
      • Title - Emergency call
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - If you press button
      • Para - The 911 emergency call system is a public service. Using it without due cause is a crimina...
      • Para - You can make an emergency call to an emergency rescue station with a mobile communications...
      • Para - The emergency call will be placed as long as the corresponding mobile communications netwo...
      • Para - The call will also be placed if the unlock-code is not entered.
      • Para - Emergency calls may not be possible with all telephone networks or if certain network serv...
      • Para - To use this function you must ensure that the number stored in memory location 1 is the nu...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para -
          • Symbol -
  • Section - Power windows
    • Title - Power windows
      • Marker - Power windows
        • M-Index - Power windows
        • M-Title - Interior equipment
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.25-0424-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Power windows
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The control panel is located on the driver’s door.
    • Para - Switches for:
    • OrderedList - 1 left, front
      • Item - 1 left, front
      • Item - 2 right, front
      • Item - 3 left, rear
      • Item - 4 right, rear
    • Para - There are individual switches in the front passenger door and the rear doors for the respe...
    • Para - Turn electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
    • Para - Opening the windows: Press the switch to resistance point.
    • Para - Closing the windows: Pull the switch to resistance point.
    • Para - Release switch when window is in desired position.
    • Subsection - Power windows:Express opening and closing
      • Title - Power windows:Express opening and closing
        • Marker - Power windows:Express opening and closing
          • M-Index - Power windows:Express opening and closing
      • Para - Press or pull switch past resistance point and release– window opens or closes completely.
      • Para - To interrupt procedure, briefly press or pull switch.
      • Para - If the upward movement of the window is blocked during the closing procedure, the window w...
      • Para - When pulling and holding the switch to close the window, and upward movement of the window...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The power windows can also be opened and closed using the convenience opening/closing fe...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - When closing the windows, be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the cl...
          • Row -
            • Entry - In case of obstruction, the automatic reversal will not operate if a window is being clos...
              • Para - In case of obstruction, the automatic reversal will not operate if a window is being close...
          • Row -
            • Entry - The closing procedure can be immediately reversed by either pressing or pulling the switc...
              • Para - The closing procedure can be immediately reversed by either pressing or pulling the switch...
          • Row -
            • Entry - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock ...
              • Para - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock y...
    • Subsection - Power windows:Blocking of rear door window operation
      • Title - Power windows:Blocking of rear door window operation
        • Marker - Power windows:Blocking of rear door window operation
          • M-Index - Power windows:Blocking of rear door window operation
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - The switch(1) is located on the driver’s door.
      • Para - If no operation of the rear windows by switch (for instance by children) is desired, slide...
      • Para - Operation of the rear door windows with the switches located in the driver’s door is still...
    • Subsection - Power windows:Synchronizing power windows
      • Title - Power windows:Synchronizing power windows
        • Marker - Power windows:Synchronizing power windows
          • M-Index - Power windows:Synchronizing power windows
      • Para - If the power supply was interrupted, (battery disconnected or low), the windows cannot be ...
      • Para - To resynchronize the express feature, pull switch until the window is completely closed an...
      • Para - The automatic full opening and closing procedure of the windows should now be restored.
  • Section - Sliding/pop-up roof
    • Title - Sliding/pop-up roof
      • Marker - Sliding/pop-up roof
        • M-Index - Sliding/pop-up roof
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.00-0761-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Sliding/pop-up roof
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 to slide roof open
      • Item - 1 to slide roof open
      • Item - 2 to slide roof closed
      • Item - 3 to raise roof at rear
      • Item - 4 to lower roof at rear
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
    • Para - To open, close, raise or lower the sliding/pop-up roof: Move the switch to resistance poin...
    • Para - Release the switch when the roof has reached the required position.
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - When closing the sliding/pop-up roof, be sure that there is no danger of anyone being ha...
        • Row -
          • Entry - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock ...
            • Para - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock y...
    • Subsection - Opening or closing the sliding/pop-up roof automatically
      • Title - Opening or closing the sliding/pop-up roof automatically
      • Para - Move the switch past resistance point in the direction required and release.
      • Para - The sliding/pop-up roof opens or closes completely.
      • Para - Stopping the sliding/pop-up roof: Move the switch in any direction.
      • Para - If the movement of the sliding/pop-up roof is blocked during the closing procedure, the ...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - When closing the sliding/pop-up roof, be sure that there is no danger of anyone being ha...
          • Row -
            • Entry - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock ...
              • Para - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock y...
      • Para - With the roof closed or tilted open, a screen can be slid into the roof opening to guard a...
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - The sliding/pop-up roof can also be opened and closed using the summer opening/conveni...
        • Para - To avoid damaging the seals, do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick...
        • Para - The sliding/pop-up roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction ...
    • Subsection - Sliding/pop-up roof:Synchronizing
      • Title - Sliding/pop-up roof:Synchronizing
        • Marker - Sliding/pop-up roof:Synchronizing
          • M-Index - Sliding/pop-up roof:Synchronizing
      • Para - The sliding/pop-up roof must be resynchronized if the power supply has been interrupted ...
      • ItemizedList - • Press the switch in the
        • Item - • Press the switch in the
  • Section - Interior lighting
    • Title - Interior lighting
      • Marker - Interior lighting
        • M-Index - Interior lighting
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.00-0760-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Interior lighting
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Rear interior lights
      • Item - 1 Rear interior lights
      • ItemPara - Press the button to switch the rear passenger compartment lights on/off.
      • Item - 2 Right front reading lamp
      • ItemPara - Press the button to switch the reading lamp on or off. The right reading lamp will be ...
      • Item - 3 To switch off automatic function: Press the rocker switch.
      • ItemPara - The interior lighting remains switched off, even when unlocking the vehicle or opening...
      • Item - 4 To select automatic function: Press the rocker switch to the center position.
      • ItemPara - Interior lamps are switched on, and off (soft fade) delayed, when unlocking or locking...
      • Item - 5 Interior lamps, front: Press rocker switch in to switch front interior lamps on. The int...
      • ItemPara - Switching off the front interior lighting: Press rocker switch to position(3) or(4).
      • Item - 6 Left front reading lamp: Press the button to switch the reading lamp on or off. The left...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - The time delay for the interior light to switch off after the electronic key is removed fr...
      • Para - To prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged with doors open, all interior lamps s...
      • Para - An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically. Before leaving the ve...
    • Subsection - Door entry lamps
      • Title - Door entry lamps
      • Para - The appropriate entry lamp switches on if a door is opened in darkness and if the interior...
      • Para - The entry lamp switches off automatically when the door is closed.
  • Section - Rear window sunshade
    • Title - Rear window sunshade
      • Marker - Rear window sunshade
        • M-Index - Rear window sunshade
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.50-0253-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Rear window sunshade
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The switch is located in the center console.
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
    • Para - Press the switch briefly:
    • OrderedList - 1 to raise
      • Item - 1 to raise
      • Item - 2 to lower
    • Para - Always raise the sunshade fully for its support against the window frame.
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - When operating the rear window sunshade, be sure that there is no danger of anyone being h...
        • Row -
          • Entry - The raising or lowering procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing the upper...
            • Para - The raising or lowering procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing the upper ...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Briefly press upper or lower half of the switch again to raise or lower the rear window s...
            • Para - Briefly press upper or lower half of the switch again to raise or lower the rear window su...
        • Row -
          • Entry - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock ...
            • Para - When leaving the vehicle, always remove the electronic key from starter switch, and lock y...
  • Section - Sun visors
    • Title - Sun visors
      • Marker - Sun visors
        • M-Index - Sun visors
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.60-0223-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Sun visors
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - Swing sun visors(2) down(arrow3) to protect against sun glare.
    • Para - If sunlight enters through a side window, disengage sun visor(2) from the inner mounting...
  • Section - Vanity mirrors
    • Title - Vanity mirrors
      • Marker - Vanity mirrors
        • M-Index - Vanity mirrors
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.00-0766-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Vanity mirrors
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Illuminated vanity mirror
      • Item - 1 Illuminated vanity mirror
      • ItemPara - With the visor engaged in its inner mounting(2), the lamp(4) can be switched on by o...
      • ItemPara - Fold the cover(3) down to close the vanity mirror.
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Do not use the vanity mirror while driving.
  • Section - Interior
    • Title - Interior
      • Marker - Interior
        • M-Index - Interior
        • M-ToCEntry - Interior
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when st...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects.
            • Para - Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects.
  • Section - Storage compartments and armrests
    • Title - Storage compartments and armrests
      • Marker - Storage compartments and armrests
        • M-Index - Storage compartments and armrests
        • M-ToCEntry - Storage compartments and armrests
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Keep compartment lids closed. This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown a...
    • Subsection - Glove box
      • Title - Glove box
        • Marker - Glove box
          • M-Index - Glove box
          • M-GraphicNum - P68.00-0764-26
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Glove box
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Unlocked position
        • Item - 1 Unlocked position
        • Item - 2 Locked position
        • Item - 3 Glove box
        • Item - 4 Glove box lid release Pull to open
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - Prior to closing the glove box, close the compartment for glasses first.
      • Para - The glove box can be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key. See page
    • Subsection - P68.00-2161-26
      • Title - P68.00-2161-26
        • Marker - P68.00-2161-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P68.00-2161-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 5 Storage compartment in front of armrest
        • Item - 5 Storage compartment in front of armrest
      • Para - To open: Slide cover(5) rearward.
      • Para - To close: Slide cover(5) forward.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The compartment contains a lighter (see page
    • Subsection - P68.00-2163-26
      • Title - P68.00-2163-26
        • Marker - P68.00-2163-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P68.00-2163-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - To open compartment in armrest: Lift armrest by handle(6).
      • Para - To open compartment under armrest: Lift armrest by handle(7).
      • Para - To close: Lower armrest until it engages in lock.
      • Para - To change inclination of armrest: Pull up on armrest.
      • Para - To lower armrest: Pull handle (7).
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - The storage compartment can be heated or cooled, see page
        • Para - The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space. When storing heat sensitive o...
        • Para - Do not obstruct the air outlet in the storage compartment.
  • Section - Cup holder
    • Title - Cup holder
      • Marker - Cup holder
        • M-ToCEntry - Cup holder
        • M-Index - Cup holder
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.20-2197-26
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Cup holder in front seat armrest
      • Item - 1 Cup holder in front seat armrest
    • Para - Open the storage compartment in front of the armrest, seepage
    • Para - Close the storage compartment in front of the armrest, seepage
    • Para - .
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Keep the cup holder closed while traveling. Place only containers that fit into the cup ho...
    • OrderedList - P91.27-2014-26
      • Item - P91.27-2014-26
        • Marker - P91.27-2014-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P91.27-2014-26
        • Graphic -
    • Para - To open: Push front of sliding compartment – the cup holder slides out.
    • Para - To close: Push the sliding compartment back until it engages.
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Keep the cup holder closed while traveling. Place only containers that fit into the cup ho...
  • Section - Ashtrays
    • Title - Ashtrays
      • Marker - Ashtrays
        • M-Index - Ashtrays
        • M-ToCEntry - Ashtrays
    • Subtitle - Center console
      • Bold - Center console
    • Para - To open: Briefly touch the mark on the cover, the ashtray opens automatically.
    • Para - To remove ashtray insert from center console:
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still. With the gear selector lever in pos...
    • Para - Prior to removing the ashtray insert, move the gear selector lever to position
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - P68.20-0507-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.20-0507-26
    • Para - To replace insert: Install insert into ashtray frame and push down to engage into place.
    • Subsection - Rear seats
      • Title - Rear seats
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Subtitle - To open ashtray:
      • Para - Pull at top of cover.
      • Subtitle - To remove insert:
      • Para - Press latch (2) and remove insert.
      • Subtitle - To replace insert:
      • Para - Install insert and close the ashtray.
  • Section - Lighter
    • Title - Lighter
      • Marker - Lighter
        • M-Index - Lighter
        • M-ToCEntry - Lighter
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.20-0506-26
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Center console lighter
      • Item - 1 Center console lighter
    • Para - The lighter is located in the center console compartment in front of the armrest, seepage
    • Para - Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
    • Para - Push in lighter in(1); it will pop out automatically when hot.
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter, they are extremely hot, hold at k...
        • Row -
          • Entry - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch. Do not...
            • Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch. Do not ...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - The lighter can be operated with electronic key in starter switch position1 or2.
      • Para - The lighter socket can be used to accommodate electrical accessories up to a maximum 85W.
  • Section - Parcel net in front passenger footwell
    • Title - Parcel net in front passenger footwell
      • Marker - Parcel net in front passenger footwell
        • M-Index - Parcel net in front passenger footwell
        • M-ToCEntry - Parcel net in front passenger footwell
    • Para - A small convenience parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell. It is for small...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Do not place heavy or fragile objects, or objects having sharp edges, in the parcel net.
        • Row -
          • Entry - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, they could be thrown around insi...
            • Para - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, they could be thrown around insid...
  • Section - Ski sack
    • Title - Ski sack
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Subtitle - Unfolding and loading
      • Bold - Unfolding and loading
    • OrderedList - 1. Fold armrest down (arrow).
      • Item - 1. Fold armrest down (arrow).
      • Item - 2. Swing cover(1) down.
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - The ski sack is designed for up to four pairs of skis. Do not load the ski sack with other...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Always fasten the ski sack securely. In an accident, an unfastened ski sack can cause inj...
            • Para - Always fasten the ski sack securely. In an accident, an unfastened ski sack can cause inju...
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
      • Item - 7. Close clasp(arrows 4 and 5) and pull strap tight to immobilize skis.
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
    • Subtitle - Unloading and folding
      • Bold - Unloading and folding
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1. Loosen strap, open clasp by pressing tabs (arrows) together, and unload skis.
      • Item - 1. Loosen strap, open clasp by pressing tabs (arrows) together, and unload skis.
      • Item - 2. Close flap in trunk.
      • Item - 3. Disconnect snap hook(6) from eye(7).
      • Item - 4. Fold and flatten ski sack lengthwise and place folded ski sack inside recess of backrest.
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
    • Subsection - Removal of ski sack
      • Title - Removal of ski sack
      • Para - For removal of the ski sack we recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - To prevent unauthorized persons from access to the trunk, always close the pass-through.
  • Section - Enlarged cargo area
    • Title - Enlarged cargo area
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1. Pull handle (1) located in trunk to unlock backrest.
      • Item - 1. Pull handle (1) located in trunk to unlock backrest.
    • Para - On vehicles with optional split folding rear seat backrest you can fold down the two secti...
    • Subsection - Split folding rear seat bench
      • Title - Split folding rear seat bench
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 2. Pull handle (2) and fold seat cushion (3) forward.
        • Item - 2. Pull handle (2) and fold seat cushion (3) forward.
        • Item - 3. Fully retract and fold down head restraints, see page
        • Item - 4. Fold backrest (4) forward.
    • Subsection - Setting up rear seat bench
      • Title - Setting up rear seat bench
        • Bold - Setting up rear seat bench
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1. Pull backrest(4) up until it locks in its upright position. Check for secure lo...
        • Item - 1. Pull backrest(4) up until it locks in its upright position. Check for secure locking b...
        • ItemPara - The popup indicators(5) (left and right backrest section) are visible in unlocked po...
        • Item - 2. Fold seat cushion (3) back until it locks in place. Check for secure locking by pressin...
    • Subsection -
      • Title -
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Always lock backrest in its upright position when rear seat bench is occupied by passenger...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - To prevent unauthorized persons from access to the trunk, always lock backrest in its upri...
  • Section - Loading instructions
    • Title - Loading instructions
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The total load weight including vehicle occupants and luggage/cargo should not exceed the ...
    • Para - The handling characteristics of a fully loaded vehicle depend greatly on the load distribu...
    • Para - Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests, and fasten them as ...
    • Para - The heaviest portion of the cargo should always be kept as low as possible since it influe...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects.
      • Para - The enlarged cargo area should only be used for items which do not fit in the trunk alone.
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, loose items will be thrown around...
        • Row -
          • Entry - To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when s...
            • Para - To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when st...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Never drive vehicle with trunk lid open while seat backrest sections not locked in their ...
            • Para - Never drive vehicle with trunk lid open while seat backrest sections not locked in their u...
  • Section - Cellular telephone
    • Title - Cellular telephone
      • Marker - Cellular telephone
        • M-ToCEntry - Cellular telephone
        • M-Index - Cellular telephone
    • Para - The vehicle is prepared for the installation of a cellular telephone. For further informat...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a veh...
            • Para - Stop the vehicle in a safe location before answering or placing a call.
  • Section - Telephone, general
    • Title - Telephone, general
      • Marker - Telephone, general
        • M-Index - Telephone, general
        • M-ToCEntry - Telephone, general
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - A driver’s attention to the road must always be his/ her primary focus when driving. For...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a ve...
            • Para - Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a veh...
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is co...
            • Para - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is cov...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built-in or attached antenna (i.e. witho...
            • Para - Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built-in or attached antenna (i.e. withou...
    • Para - See separate instruction manual for instructions on how to operate the telephone.
  • Section - Garage door opener
    • Title - Garage door opener
      • Marker - Garage door opener
        • M-Index - Garage door opener
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.05-2020-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Garage door opener
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Signal transmitter keys
      • Item - 1 Signal transmitter keys
      • Item - 2 Indicator lamp
      • Item - 3 Portable remote control transmitter
    • Para - The built-in remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled obje...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - When programming a garage door opener, the door moves up or down.
        • Row -
          • Entry - When programming or operating the remote control make sure there is no possibility of any...
            • Para - When programming or operating the remote control make sure there is no possibility of anyo...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated opener. If you s...
    • Para - For operation in the USA only: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operati...
    • Para - (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
    • Para - (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cau...
    • Para - Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user’s authority to operate th...
    • Subtitle - Programming or reprogramming the integrated remote control:
      • Bold - Programming or reprogramming the integrated remote control:
    • OrderedList - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
      • Item - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
      • Item - 2. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter of the device you wish to train approximately...
      • Item - 3. Using both hands, simultaneously push the hand- held transmitter button and the desired...
      • Item - 4. The indicator lamp on the integrated remote control will flash, first slowly and then r...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - If, after repeated attempts, you do not successfully program the integrated remote control...
    • Subtitle - Rolling code programming:
      • Bold - Rolling code programming:
    • Para - To train a garage door opener (or other rolling code devices) with the rolling code featur...
    • OrderedList - 1. Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit. Exact location...
      • Item - 1. Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit. Exact location and co...
      • Item - 2. Press
      • ItemPara - Note:
      • ItemPara - Following step2, there are 30seconds to initiate step3.
      • Item - 3. Firmly press and release the programmed integrated remote control transmit button. Pres...
      • Item - 4. Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed button on the integrated r...
    • Subtitle - Canadian programming:
      • Bold - Canadian programming:
    • Para - During programming, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Contin...
    • Subtitle - Operation of remote control:
      • Bold - Operation of remote control:
    • OrderedList - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
      • Item - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
      • Item - 2. Select and press the appropriate button to activate the remote controlled device. The i...
    • Subtitle - Erasing the remote control memory:
      • Bold - Erasing the remote control memory:
    • OrderedList - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
      • Item - 1. Turn electronic key in starter switch to position1 or2.
      • Item - 2. Simultaneously holding down the left and right side buttons for approximately 20second...
• ToC - Contents - Driving
  • Title - Contents - Driving
    • Marker - Contents - Driving
      • M-Title - Contents - Driving
  • ToCEntry - Control and operation of radio transmitters 218
  • ToCEntry - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km) 219
  • ToCEntry - Maintenance 219
  • ToCEntry - Tele Aid 220
  • ToCEntry - Catalytic converter 228
  • ToCEntry - Emission control 229
  • ToCEntry - Starter switch 230
  • ToCEntry - Starting and turning off the engine 232
  • ToCEntry - Manual transmission 233
  • ToCEntry - Automatic transmission 234
  • ToCEntry - Parking brake 243
  • ToCEntry - Driving instructions 244
  • ToCEntry - Drive sensibly – Save Fuel 244
    • ToCSubEntry - Drive sensibly – Save Fuel 244
    • ToCSubEntry - Drinking and driving 244
    • ToCSubEntry - Pedals 244
    • ToCSubEntry - Power assistance 245
    • ToCSubEntry - Brakes 245
    • ToCSubEntry - Driving off 246
    • ToCSubEntry - Parking 246
    • ToCSubEntry - Tires 247
    • ToCSubEntry - Snow chains 250
    • ToCSubEntry - Winter driving instructions 250
    • ToCSubEntry - Deep water 252
    • ToCSubEntry - Passenger compartment 253
    • ToCSubEntry - Traveling abroad 253
  • ToCEntry - Cruise control 254
  • ToCEntry - Brake assist system (BAS) 257
  • ToCEntry - Antilock brake system (ABS) 258
  • ToCEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) 260
  • ToCEntry - What you should know at the gas station 264
  • ToCEntry - Check regularly and before a long trip 266
• Part - Driving
  • Section - Driving
    • Title - Driving
      • Hypertext - Driving
        • M-Hypertext - Driving
      • Marker - Control and operation of radio transmitters
        • M-Title - Control and operation of radio transmitters
        • M-Index - Control and operation of radio transmitters
        • M-Index - Control and operation of radio transmitters
        • M-ToCEntry - Control and operation of radio transmitters
    • Subsection - COMAND, radio, telephone and two-way radio
      • Title - COMAND, radio, telephone and two-way radio
        • Marker - COMAND, radio, telephone and two-way radio
          • M-Index - COMAND, radio, telephone and two-way radio
        • CapLetter - COMAND
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle. Only operat...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is co...
              • Para - Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is cov...
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Footnote - 1 Observe all legal requirements.
  • Section -
    • Title -
    • Subsection - Telephones and two-way radios
      • Title - Telephones and two-way radios
        • Marker - Telephones and two-way radios
          • M-Index - Telephones and two-way radios
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built-in or attached antenna (i.e. withou...
      • Para - Radio transmitters, such as a portable telephone or a citizens band unit should only be us...
      • Para - Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna.
  • Section - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
    • Title - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
      • Marker - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
        • M-Index - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
        • M-Title - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
        • M-ToCEntry - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
    • Para - The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break-in period, the more satisfied ...
    • Para - During this period, avoid heavy loads (full throttle driving) and excessive engine speeds.
    • Para - Avoid accelerating by kickdown. It is not recommended to brake the vehicle by manually shi...
    • Para - After 1000 miles (1500 km) speeds may be gradually increased to the permissible maximum.
  • Section - Maintenance
    • Title - Maintenance
      • Marker - Maintenance
        • M-ToCEntry - Maintenance
        • M-Index - Maintenance
    • Para - Approximately 30days or 2000miles (2000km) prior to the next recommended service, the r...
    • Para - We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by your authorized Mercedes-Benz...
    • Para - Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Service Booklet at the desig...
  • Section - Tele Aid
    • Title - Tele Aid
      • Marker - Tele Aid
        • M-Title - Tele Aid
        • M-Index - Tele Aid
        • M-ToCEntry - Tele Aid
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - The initial activation of the Tele Aid system may only be performed by completing the subs...
      • Para - If you have any questions regarding activation, please call the Response Center at 1-800-7...
    • Subtitle - (
    • Para - The TeleAid system consists of three types of response; automatic and manual emergency, r...
    • Para - The TeleAid system is always operational, providing that the vehicle’s battery is charged...
    • Subsection - System self-check
      • Title - System self-check
      • Para - Initially, after turning the electronic key in starter switch to position2, malfunctions ...
      • Para - If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above, have the system checked at the nearest Me...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Always make sure that the indicator lamp in the
    • Subsection - Emergency calls
      • Title - Emergency calls
      • Para - An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the Emergency ...
      • Para - Once the emergency call is in progress, the indicator lamp in the
      • Para - A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be es...
      • Para - The Tele Aid system is available if:
      • ItemizedList - • it has been activated and is operational. Activation requires a subscription for...
        • Item - • it has been activated and is operational. Activation requires a subscription for monitor...
        • Item - • the relevant cellular phone network and
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Location of the vehicle on a map is possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals fro...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - If the indicator lamp in the
          • Row -
            • Entry - Should this occur, assistance must be summoned by other means.
              • Para - Should this occur, assistance must be summoned by other means.
    • Subsection - P82.00-0410-26
      • Title - P82.00-0410-26
        • Marker - P82.00-0410-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P82.00-0410-26
          • M-Index - Tele Aid:Initiating an emergency call
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Manually: Briefly press on cover(1) – the cover will open.
    • Subsection - P68.20-0411-26
      • Title - P68.20-0411-26
        • Marker - P68.20-0411-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P68.20-0411-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Press the emergency call switch(2) briefly (for longer than 2seconds). The indicator lam...
      • Para - Close the cover(1) after the emergency call is concluded.
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle (e.g. smoke or fire in the vehicle,...
    • Subsection - Roadside Assistance button
      • Title - Roadside Assistance button
      • Para - Located below the center armrest cover is the Roadside Assistance button
      • Para - A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the veh...
      • Para - If the vehicle requires more than Sign and Drive services, the Mercedes-Benz Roadside assi...
      • Para - For other than Sign and Drive services, labor and/or towing charges may apply. Refer to ...
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - The indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button
        • Para - See system selfcheck on page
    • Subsection - Information button
      • Title - Information button
      • Para - Located below the center armrest cover is the Information button
      • Para - A voice connection between the Client Assistance Center representative and the occupants o...
      • Para - If you have chosen the Route Guidance Service (an optional service available at additional...
      • Para - For more details concerning this optional service, please contact the Response Center at1...
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - The indicator lamp in the Information button
        • Para - See system selfcheck on page
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - If the indicator lamps do not illuminate or remain illuminated (in red) at any time, the T...
      • Subtitle - Upgrade Signals
      • Para - Tele Aid system processes calls using the following priority.
      • ItemizedList - • Automatic emergency–First priority
        • Item - • Automatic emergency–First priority
        • Item - • Manual emergency–Second priority
        • Item - • Roadside assistance–Third priority
        • Item - • Information–Fourth priority
      • Para - Should a higher priority call be initiated while you are connected, an upgrade (alternatin...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset, contact the Respons...
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded and this c...
    • Subsection - Remote door unlock
      • Title - Remote door unlock
      • Para - In the case you have your vehicle locked unintentionally (e.g. key inside vehicle), and th...
      • Para - Then return to your vehicle and pull outside trunk handle for a minimum of 20seconds.
      • Para - The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network and
    • Subsection - Vehicle location/stolen vehicle tracking services
      • Title - Vehicle location/stolen vehicle tracking services
      • Para - Should you wish to locate your vehicle, contact the MercedesBenz Response Center at 1-800...
      • Para - In the event your vehicle was stolen, report the incident to the police who will issue a n...
      • Para - The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle’s Tele Aid system. T...
    • Subsection - Starguide
      • Title - Starguide
      • Para - If you have chosen Starguide Service, you can request several individual informations, for...
      • Para - For notes on operation see separate
      • Para - For more details concerning this optional service, please contact the Response Center at1...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Tele Aid utilizes the cellular network for communication and the
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - If the indicator lamp in the
  • Section - Catalytic converter
    • Title - Catalytic converter
      • Marker - Catalytic converter
        • M-Title - Catalytic converter
        • M-ToCEntry - Catalytic converter
    • Para - Your Mercedes-Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalytic converters, an important ele...
    • Caution - Caution!
      • BlockTitle - Caution!
      • Para - To prevent damage to the catalytic converters, use only premium unleaded gasoline in this ...
      • Para - Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly. Otherwise, ...
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - As with any vehicle, do not idle, park or operate this vehicle in areas where combustible ...
  • Section - Emission control
    • Title - Emission control
      • Marker - Emission control
        • M-Title - Emission control
        • M-ToCEntry - Emission control
    • Para - Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases with...
    • Para - These systems, of course, will function properly only when maintained strictly according t...
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health. All exhaust gas contains carbon mon...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventila...
            • Para - Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventilat...
  • Section - Starter switch
    • Title - Starter switch
      • Marker - Starter switch
        • M-Index - Starter switch
        • M-Index - Steering lock:See starter switch
        • M-Title - Starter switch
        • M-GraphicNum - P82.50-2059-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Starter switch
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 0 The electronic key can be withdrawn in this position only. The steering is locked...
      • Item - 0 The electronic key can be withdrawn in this position only. The steering is locked when t...
      • ItemPara - In vehicles with automatic transmission, the electronic key can be removed only with t...
      • Item - 1 Gear selector lever is unlocked.
      • ItemPara - Most electrical consumers can be operated. For detailed information see respective sub...
      • Item - 2 Driving position.
      • Item - 3 Starting position.
    • Para - See page
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - If the electronic key is left in the starter switch position0 for a extended period of ti...
    • Caution - Caution!
      • BlockTitle - Caution!
      • Para - To prevent accelerated battery discharge and a possible dead battery, always remove the el...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - A warning sounds when the driver’s door is opened with the electronic key is in starter sw...
      • Para - With the engine at idle speed, the charging rate of the alternator (output) is limited.
      • Para - It is therefore recommended that you turn off unnecessary electrical consumers while drivi...
      • Para - Unnecessary strain on the battery and charging system may be minimized by turning off the ...
      • Para - Heated seats, rear window defroster. In addition, the automatic climate air volume control...
  • Section - Starting and turning off the engine
    • Title - Starting and turning off the engine
      • Marker - Starting and turning off the engine
        • M-Index - Starting and turning off the engine
        • M-Title - Starting and turning off the enginge
        • M-ToCEntry - Starting and turning off the engine
    • Subsection - Before starting
      • Title - Before starting
      • Para - Ensure that parking brake is engaged and that selector lever is in position“P” or“N” (ge...
    • Subsection - Starting
      • Title - Starting
      • Subtitle - Vehicles with automatic transmission:
      • Para - Do not depress accelerator. Briefly turn electronic key in starter switch clockwise to the...
      • Para - If engine will not run, and the starting procedure stops, turn electronic key completely t...
      • Para - After several unsuccessful attempts, have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mer...
      • Subtitle - Vehicles with manual transmission:
      • Para - Do not depress accelerator. Fully depress clutch pedal, otherwise the engine cannot be sta...
      • Para - Turn electronic key in starter switch clockwise to the stop. Release only when the engine ...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Due to the installed starter non-repeat feature, the electronic key must be turned complet...
        • Para - In areas where temperatures frequently drop below -4
    • Subsection - Turning off
      • Title - Turning off
      • Para - Turn the electronic key in the starter switch to position0 to stop the engine.
      • Subtitle - Vehicles with automatic transmission:
      • Para - The electronic key can only be removed with the selector lever in position
  • Section - Manual transmission
    • Title - Manual transmission
      • Marker - Manual transmission
        • M-ToCEntry - Manual transmission
        • M-Index - Manual transmission
        • M-Title - Manual transmission
        • M-GraphicNum - P26.60-2061-27
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - See illustration for gearshift lever positions corresponding to the individual gears.
    • Para - Stop the vehicle completely before shifting into reverse; to shift into reverse, pull the ...
    • Para - Do not exceed the maximum engine speed in the individual gears. Refer to tachometer (see p...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - When vehicle is parked, always be sure to engage first or reverse gear and firmly set park...
      • Para - Downshifting gears leading to overrevving the engine can result in transmission damage tha...
      • Para - Do not exceed engine speed limits, see page
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - On slippery road surfaces as well as high engine speeds, never downshift in order to obtai...
  • Section - Automatic transmission
    • Title - Automatic transmission
      • Marker - Automatic transmission
        • M-Index - Automatic transmission
        • M-Title - Automatic transmission
        • M-GraphicNum - P27.60-2093-27
        • M-ToCEntry - Automatic transmission
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically, dependent upon
    • ItemizedList - • Selector lever position
      • Item - • Selector lever position
      • Item - • Program mode selector
      • Item - • Accelerator position
      • Item - • Vehicle speed
    • Para - The gear shifting process is continuously adapted, dependent on the driving style, the dri...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - When parking the vehicle or before working on the vehicle with the engine running, firmly ...
    • Subsection - Driving
      • Title - Driving
      • Para - The selector lever is automatically locked while in position
      • Para - Shift selector lever to the desired position only when the engine is idling normally and t...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - It is dangerous to shift the selector lever out of
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - After selecting any driving position from
    • Subsection - Accelerator position
      • Title - Accelerator position
      • Para - Partial throttle = early upshifting = normal acceleration
      • Para - Full throttle = later upshifting = rapid acceleration
      • Para - Kickdown (depressing the accelerator beyond full throttle) = downshifting to a lower gear ...
    • Subsection - Stopping
      • Title - Stopping
      • Para - For brief stops, e.g. at traffic lights, leave the transmission in gear and hold vehicle w...
      • Para - For longer stops with the engine idling, shift into
      • Para - When stopping the vehicle on an uphill gradient, do not hold it with the accelerator, use ...
    • Subsection - Maneuvering
      • Title - Maneuvering
      • Para - To maneuver in tight areas, e.g. when pulling into a parking space, control the vehicle sp...
      • Para - To rock a vehicle out of soft ground (mud or snow), alternately shift from forward to reve...
      • Para - Rocking a vehicle free in this manner may cause the ABS or traction system malfunction ind...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Getting out of your vehicle with the selector lever not fully engaged in position
          • Row -
            • Entry - Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position“P”, see page243 for pa...
              • Para - Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position
          • Row -
            • Entry - When parked on an incline, also turn front wheel against curb.
              • Para - When parked on an incline, also turn front wheel against curb.
    • Subsection - P54.30-2521-26
      • Title - P54.30-2521-26
        • Marker - P54.30-2521-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2521-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Program mode indicator, see page
        • Item - 1 Program mode indicator, see page
        • Item - 2 Gear range indicators
      • Para - The current selector lever position is highlighted in the gear range indicator display(2)...
      • DefinitionList -
        • Definition -
          • Symbol -
        • Item - Park position
          • Bold - Park position
        • ItemPara - The park position is to be used when parking the vehicle. Engage only with the vehicle...
        • ItemPara - Note:
        • ItemPara - The electronic key can only be removed from the starter switch with the selector lever...
        • Definition -
          • Symbol -
        • Item - Reverse gear
          • Bold - Reverse gear
        • ItemPara - Shift to reverse gear only with the vehicle stopped.
        • ItemPara - Dependent on the program mode selector switch position
        • Definition -
          • Symbol -
        • Item - Neutral
          • Bold - Neutral
        • ItemPara - No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle. When the brakes are release...
        • ItemPara - Important!
          • Bold - Important!
        • ItemPara - Coasting the vehicle, or driving for any other reason with selector lever in
        • Definition -
          • Symbol -
        • Item - The transmission automatically upshifts through 5th gear. Position
    • Subsection - Gear selection for special circumstances
      • Title - Gear selection for special circumstances
      • Para - The transmission gear ranges for special circumstances can be selected by pressing the sel...
      • Para - The gear range currently selected is highlighted in the instrument cluster display.
      • Para - Press and hold selector lever in the
      • Para - Briefly press selector lever in the
      • Para - Press and hold selector lever in the
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - On slippery road surfaces, never downshift in order to obtain braking action. This could r...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - With transmission in gear range
        • Para - The delayed upshift is effective with vehicle speeds below 31mph (50km/h) at partial thr...
        • Para - To avoid overrevving the engine when the selector lever is moved to a lower gear range, th...
        • Para - To prevent the engine from laboring at low
      • Para - Gear ranges:
      • DefinitionList -
        • Definition -
          • Symbol -
        • Item - Upshift through 4th gear only. Suitable for performance driving.
        • Definition -
          • Symbol -
        • Item - Upshift through 3rd gear only. Suitable for moderately steep hills. Since the transmission...
        • Definition -
          • Symbol -
        • Item - Upshift through 2nd gear only. For driving in mountainous regions or under extreme operati...
        • Definition -
          • Symbol -
        • Item - Use this position, which makes maximum use of the engine’s braking effect, while descendin...
    • Subsection - P27.60-2081-26
      • Title - P27.60-2081-26
        • Marker - P27.60-2081-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P27.60-2081-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - The transmission is provided with a selector switch(1) for Standard
      • Para - The program mode currently selected is indicated in the gear range indicator display.
      • DefinitionList - S
        • Definition - S
          • Bold - S
        • Item - Standard mode
        • ItemPara - Press switch.
        • ItemPara - The vehicle starts out in 1st gear.
        • ItemPara - Accelerator Operation: Fast on = depressing the accelerator pedal quickly (not into ki...
        • ItemPara - Fast off = there will be no upshift when releasing the accelerator pedal quickly, e.g....
        • Definition - W
          • Bold - W
        • Item - Winter/Wet (snow and ice) mode
        • ItemPara - Press switch.
        • ItemPara - The
        • ItemPara - The gear shifting process occurs at lower vehicle and engine speeds than in the
      • Caution - Caution!
        • BlockTitle - Caution!
        • Para - Never change the program mode when the selector lever is out of position
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Always be certain of the program mode selected since the vehicle driving characteristics c...
        • Para - Dependent on the program mode selector switch position
    • Subsection - Emergency operation (Limp home mode)
      • Title - Emergency operation (Limp home mode)
      • Para - If vehicle acceleration worsens or the transmission no longer shifts, the transmission is ...
      • Para - In this mode only the 2nd gear or reverse gear can be activated.
      • Para - To engage 2nd gear or reverse:
      • OrderedList - 1. Stop the vehicle.
        • Item - 1. Stop the vehicle.
        • Item - 2. Move selector lever to position
        • Item - 3. Turn off the engine.
        • Item - 4. Wait approximately 10seconds.
        • Item - 5. Restart the engine.
        • Item - 6. Move selector lever to position
      • Para - Have the transmission checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center as soon as possible.
  • Section - Parking brake
    • Title - Parking brake
      • Marker - Parking brake
        • M-Index - Parking brake
        • M-Title - Parking brake
        • M-GraphicNum - P42.20-2001-27
        • M-ToCEntry - Parking brake
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - To engage, firmly depress parking brake pedal. When the electronic key is in starter switc...
    • Para - To release the parking brake, pull handle on instrument panel. The brake warning lamp in t...
    • Para - A warning sounds and the parking brake warning message appears in the multifunction displa...
    • Para - Also see brake warning lamp on page
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch, and loc...
  • Section - Driving instructions
    • Title - Driving instructions
      • Marker - Driving instructions
        • M-Title - Driving instructions
        • M-ToCEntry - Driving instructions
    • Subsection - Drive sensibly - Save Fuel
      • Title - Drive sensibly - Save Fuel
        • Marker - Drive sensibly - Save Fuel
          • M-Index - Drive sensibly - Save Fuel
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Drive sensibly – Save Fuel
      • Para - Fuel consumption, to a great extent, depends on driving habits and operating conditions.
      • ItemizedList - • keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures,
        • Item - • keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures,
        • Item - • remove unnecessary loads,
        • Item - • remove roof rack when not in use,
        • Item - • allow engine to warm up under low load use,
        • Item - • avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration,
        • Item - • have all maintenance work performed at regular intervals by an authorized Mercedes-Benz ...
      • Para - Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather, in stop-and-go traffic, on ...
    • Subsection - Drinking and driving
      • Title - Drinking and driving
        • Marker - Drinking and driving
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Drinking and driving
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Drinking or taking drugs and driving can be a very dangerous combination. Even a small amo...
          • Row -
            • Entry - The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is sharply increased when you drink o...
              • Para - The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is sharply increased when you drink or...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Please don’t drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive after drinking or tak...
              • Para - Please don’t drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive after drinking or taki...
    • Subsection - Pedals
      • Title - Pedals
        • Marker - Pedals
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Pedals
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Keep driver’s foot area clear at all times. Objects stored in this area may impair pedal m...
    • Subsection - Power assistance
      • Title - Power assistance
        • Marker - Power assistance
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Power assistance
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - When the engine is not running, the brake and steering systems are without power assistanc...
    • Subsection - Brakes
      • Title - Brakes
        • Marker - Brakes
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Brakes
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water dee...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake...
              • Para - Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effecti...
              • Para - It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiv...
      • Para - The condition of the parking brake system is checked each time the vehicle is in the shop ...
      • Para - If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster stay...
      • Para - Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reserv...
      • Para - Have the brake system inspected at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately.
      • Para - All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by an authorized Mer...
      • Para - Install only brake pads and brake fluid recommended by Mercedes-Benz.
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - If other than recommended brake pads are installed, or other than recommended brake fluid ...
      • Caution - Caution!
        • BlockTitle - Caution!
        • Para - When driving down long and steep grades, relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a...
        • Para - After hard braking, it is advisable to drive on for some time, rather than immediately par...
    • Subsection - Driving off
      • Title - Driving off
        • Marker - Driving off
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Driving off
      • Para - Apply the service brakes to test them briefly after driving off. Perform this procedure on...
      • Para - Warm up the engine smoothly. Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temp...
      • Para - When starting off on a slippery surface, do not allow one drive wheel to spin for an exten...
    • Subsection - Parking
      • Title - Parking
        • Marker - Parking
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Parking
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - To reduce the risk of personal injury as a result of vehicle movement,
          • Row -
            • Entry - 1. Keep right foot on service brake pedal.
              • OrderedList - 1. Keep right foot on service brake pedal.
                • Item - 1. Keep right foot on service brake pedal.
                • Item - 2. Firmly depress parking brake pedal.
                • Item - 3. Move the selector lever to position
                • Item - 4. Slowly release service brake pedal.
                • Item - 5. Turn front wheels towards the road curb.
                • Item - 6. Turn the electronic key to starter switch position0 and remove.
                • Item - 7. Take the electronic key and lock vehicle when leaving.
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - It is advisable to set the parking brake whenever parking or leaving the vehicle. In addit...
    • Subsection - Tires
      • Title - Tires
        • Marker - Tires
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Tires
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance, or you suspect that possib...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Inspect the tires and under the vehicle for possible damage. If the vehicle or tires appe...
              • Para - Inspect the tires and under the vehicle for possible damage. If the vehicle or tires appea...
      • Para - Tread wear indicators (TWI) are required by law. These indicators are located in six place...
      • Para - The tread wear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread.
      • Para -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P40.10-2104-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-2104-26
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Do not allow your tires to wear down too far. As tread depth approaches
          • Row -
            • Entry - Depending upon the weather and/or road surface (conditions), the tire traction varies w...
              • Para - Depending upon the weather and/or road surface (conditions), the tire traction varies wi...
      • Para - Specified tire pressures must be maintained. This applies particularly if the tires are su...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Do not drive with a flat tire. A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehic...
      • Subtitle - Aquaplaning
        • Bold - Aquaplaning
      • Para - Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road, aquaplaning may occur, even at low ...
      • Subtitle - Tire traction
        • Bold - Tire traction
      • Para - The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road.
      • Para - You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temp...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - If ice has formed on the road, tire traction will be substantially reduced. Under such wea...
      • Para - We recommend M+S rated radial-ply tires for the winter season for all four wheels to insur...
      • Subtitle - Tire speed rating
        • Bold - Tire speed rating
      • Para - Vehicles without Sport Package: Your vehicle is factory equipped with
      • Para - An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding the speed rating.
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Even when permitted by law, never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum spe...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure cau...
              • Para - Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure caus...
    • Subsection - Snow chains
      • Title - Snow chains
        • Marker - Snow chains
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Snow chains
      • Para - Use only snow chains that are tested and recommended by Mercedes-Benz. Your authorized Mer...
      • Para - Chains should only be used on the rear wheels. Follow the manufacturer’s mounting instruct...
      • Para - Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30mph (50...
      • Para - When driving with snow chains, press the ESP control switch to OFF, refer to page
    • Subsection - Winter driving instructions
      • Title - Winter driving instructions
        • Marker - Winter driving instructions
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Winter driving instructions
      • Para - The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt...
      • Para - When the vehicle is in danger of skidding, move selector lever to position
      • Para - Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency. Increased pedal force ma...
      • Para - If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads, the braking efficiency ...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow, make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pip...
          • Row -
            • Entry - To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation, open a window slightly on the side of the veh...
              • Para - To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation, open a window slightly on the side of the vehi...
    • Subsection - Winter driving
      • Title - Winter driving
      • Para - Have your vehicle winterized at your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center before the onset of w...
      • ItemizedList - • Change the engine oil if the engine contains an oil which is not approved for wi...
        • Item - • Change the engine oil if the engine contains an oil which is not approved for winter ope...
        • Item - • Check engine coolant anticorrosion/antifreeze concentration.
        • Item - • Additive for the windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system: Add MB Concentrate
        • Item - • Test battery: Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature. A well charged...
        • Item - • Tires: We recommend M+S rated radial-ply tires on all four wheels for the winter season....
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - In winter operation, the maximum effectiveness of the antilock brake system (ABS) and elec...
    • Subsection - Block heater
      • Title - Block heater
        • Marker - Block heater
          • M-Index - Block heater
      • Para - The engine is equipped with a block heater.
      • Para - The electrical cable may be installed at your authorized MercedesBenz Center.
    • Subsection - Deep water
      • Title - Deep water
        • Marker - Deep water
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Deep water
      • Caution - Caution!
        • BlockTitle - Caution!
        • Para - Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth.
        • Para - If you must drive through deep water, drive slowly to prevent water from entering the engi...
    • Subsection - Passenger compartment
      • Title - Passenger compartment
        • Marker - Passenger compartment
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Passenger compartment
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible.
          • Row -
            • Entry - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, loose items will be thrown aroun...
              • Para - In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, loose items will be thrown around...
          • Row -
            • Entry - The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects.
              • Para - The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects.
    • Subsection - Traveling abroad
      • Title - Traveling abroad
        • Marker - Traveling abroad
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Traveling abroad
      • Para - Abroad, there is a widely-spread Mercedes-Benz service network at your disposal. If you pl...
  • Section - Cruise control
    • Title - Cruise control
      • Marker - Cruise control
        • M-Index - Cruise control
        • M-Title - Driving systems
        • M-GraphicNum - P54.25-2148-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Cruise control
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The cruise control allows you to drive in a more relaxed manner, for example over long dis...
    • Para - Any given speed above approximately 25mph (40km/h) can be maintained with the cruise c...
    • OrderedList - 1 Accelerate and set: Lift lever briefly to set speed. Hold lever up to accelerate.
      • Item - 1 Accelerate and set: Lift lever briefly to set speed. Hold lever up to accelerate.
      • Item - 2 Decelerate and set: Depress lever briefly to set speed. Hold lever down to decelerate.
      • ItemPara - Normally the vehicle is accelerated to the desired speed with the accelerator.
      • ItemPara - Speed is set by briefly pushing the lever to position1 or 2. The accelerator can then...
      • ItemPara - The speed can be increased (e.g. for passing) by using the accelerator. After the acce...
      • ItemPara - If a set speed is to be increased or decreased slightly, e. g. to adapt to the traffic...
      • Item - 3 Canceling
      • ItemPara - To cancel the cruise control, briefly push lever to position3.
      • ItemPara - When you step on the brake pedal or the vehicle speed drops below approximately 25mph...
      • ItemPara - If the cruise control cancels by itself and remains inoperative until the engine is re...
      • Item - 4 Resume
      • ItemPara - If the lever is briefly pushed to position4 when driving at a speed exceeding approxi...
      • ItemPara - The last memorized speed is canceled when the electronic key in the starter switch is ...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - Moving gear selector lever to position
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Only use the cruise control if the traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to tra...
        • Row -
          • Entry - • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because...
            • ItemizedList - • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic ...
              • Item - • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because ...
              • Item - • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. Rapid changes in tire adhe...
        • Row -
          • Entry - The “Resume” function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previou...
            • Para - The “Resume” function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previous...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - If the engine does not brake the vehicle sufficiently while driving on a downgrade, the sp...
      • Para - Vehicles with automatic transmission:
      • Para - Downshift occurs (max. to 3rd gear) to maintain the set cruise controlled speed by using t...
      • Para - As soon as the grade eases, the automatic transmission shifts up again dependent on the se...
      • Para - Vehicles with manual transmission:
      • Para - The set cruise controlled speed is switched off when declutching exceeds four seconds duri...
      • Para - Nevertheless, in some cases you may have to step on the brake pedal to slow down. In this ...
      • Para - Use the lever to resume the previously set speed.
  • Section - Brake assist system (BAS)
    • Title - Brake assist system (BAS)
      • Marker - Brake assist system (BAS)
        • M-Index - Brake assist system (BAS)
        • M-ToCEntry - Brake assist system (BAS)
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle, nor can it incr...
    • Para - The BAS is designed to maximize the vehicle’s braking capability during emergency braking ...
    • Para - Applying the brakes very quickly results in maximum BAS assistance.
    • Para - To receive the benefit of the system you must apply continuous full braking power during t...
    • Para - Once the brake pedal is released, the BAS is deactivated.
    • Para - If the BAS warning message is displayed, a malfunction has been detected in the system. Th...
    • Para - With the ABS malfunctioning, the BAS is also switched off.
    • Para - If a BAS warning message is displayed, have the BAS checked at your authorized Mercedes-Be...
  • Section - Antilock brake system (ABS)
    • Title - Antilock brake system (ABS)
      • Marker - Antilock brake system (ABS)
        • M-Index - Antilock brake system (ABS)
        • M-ToCEntry - Antilock brake system (ABS)
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Do not pump the brake pedal, rather use firm, steady brake pedal pressure. Pumping the bra...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - The ABS improves steering control of the vehicle during hard braking maneuvers.
      • Para - The ABS prevents the wheels from locking up above a vehicle speed of approximately 5 mph (...
      • Para - At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up, a slight pulsation can be felt in th...
      • Para - Continuous steady brake pedal pressure results in applying the advantages of the ABS, name...
      • Para - In the case of an emergency brake maneuver keep continuous full pressure on the brake peda...
      • Para - On slippery road surfaces, the ABS will respond even with light brake pedal pressure becau...
    • Subtitle - ABS control
      • Bold - ABS control
    • Para - The ABS malfunction indicator lamp
    • Para - When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on while the engin...
    • Para - For
    • Para - With the ABS malfunctioning, the BAS and ESP are also switched off. Both malfunction indic...
    • Para - If the charging voltage falls below 10volts, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and ...
    • Para - If the ABS malfunction indicator lamp stays illuminated, have the system checked at your a...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle, nor can it incr...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - To alert following vehicles to slippery road conditions you discover, operate your hazard ...
  • Section - Electronic stability program (ESP)
    • Title - Electronic stability program (ESP)
      • Marker - Electronic stability program (ESP)
        • M-Index - Electronic stability program (ESP)
        • M-ToCEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP)
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - ESP
              • CapLetter - ESP
    • Para - The ESP enhances directional control and reduces driving wheel spin of the vehicle under v...
    • Para - Over/understeering of the vehicle is counteracted by applying brakes to the appropriate wh...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - If the ESP warning lamp
      • ItemizedList - • During take-off apply as little throttle as possible.
        • Item - • During take-off apply as little throttle as possible.
        • Item - • While driving ease up on the accelerator.
        • Item - • Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
        • Item - • Do not switch off the ESP.
    • Caution - Caution!
      • BlockTitle - Caution!
      • Para - If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised (see page
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - The yellow ESP warning lamp
      • Para - If the ESP warning message is displayed, a malfunction has been detected in the system. Pr...
      • Para - Have the ESP checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center as soon as possible.
      • Para - For
      • Para - With the ABS malfunctioning, the ESP is also switched off.
      • Para - Driving the vehicle with varied size tires will cause the wheels to rotate at different sp...
      • Para - When testing the parking brake on a brake test dynamometer, the engine must be shut off. O...
      • Para - In winter operation, the maximum effectiveness of the ESP is only achieved with Mercedes-B...
    • Subsection - Synchronizing ESP
      • Title - Synchronizing ESP
      • Para - If the power supply was interrupted (battery disconnected or empty), the ESP warning messa...
      • Para - Turn steering wheel completely to the left and then to the right. The ESP warning message ...
    • Subsection - P42.45-0287-26
      • Title - P42.45-0287-26
        • Marker - P42.45-0287-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P42.45-0287-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - ESP control switch located on center console.
      • OrderedList - 1 Press to switch ESP off
        • Item - 1 Press to switch ESP off
        • ItemPara - ESP warning lamp
        • Item - 2 Press to switch ESP on
        • ItemPara - ESP warning lamp
      • Para - To improve the vehicle’s traction when driving with snow chains, or starting off in deep s...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - When the ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously, the ESP is switched off.
          • Row -
            • Entry - Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
              • Para - Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
      • Para - With the ESP system switched off, the engine torque reduction feature is cancelled. Theref...
      • Para - Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
      • Para - A portion of the ESP system remains active, even with the switch in the OFF position.
      • Para - If one drive wheel loses traction and begins to spin, the brake is applied until the wheel...
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - Avoid spinning of one drive wheel. This may cause serious damage to the drive train which ...
        • Para - The ESP warning lamp, located in the speedometer dial, starts to flash at any vehicle spee...
        • Para - To return to the enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP: press lower half (2) of the sw...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - If the ESP warning lamp flashes:
        • ItemizedList - • During take-off, apply as little throttle as possible.
          • Item - • During take-off, apply as little throttle as possible.
          • Item - • While driving, ease up on the accelerator.
  • Section - What you should know at the gas station
    • Title - What you should know at the gas station
      • Marker - What you should know at the gas station
        • M-Index - What you should know at the gas station
        • M-Title - What you should know at the gas station
        • M-GraphicNum - P88.60-2001-26
        • M-ToCEntry - What you should know at the gas station
    • Para - Fuel supply
      • Bold - Fuel supply
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous. It burns violently and can cause serious injur...
    • Para - Open flap by pushing near front (arrow). Turn fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until...
    • Para - See page
    • Subtitle - Fuel
      • Bold - Fuel
    • Para - To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air, fully insert filler nozzle unit.
    • Para - Only fill fuel tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out –do not top up or overfill.
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Overfilling of fuel tank may result in creating pressure in the system which could cause a...
    • Para - Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the
    • Para - Fuel tank capacity approximately 16.4USgal (62.0l). This includes approximately 2.1US...
    • Para - Use premium unleaded gasoline: Posted Octane Index 91 (Average of 96 RON/86 MON).
    • Subtitle - Engine oil
      • Bold - Engine oil
    • Para - Checking oil level, see instructions on page
    • Para - Recommended engine oils, see Approved Service Products sheet.
    • Para - Coolant
      • Bold - Coolant
    • Para - For normal replenishing, use water (potable water quality). For further information refer ...
    • Para - Tire pressure
      • Bold - Tire pressure
    • Para - For tire pressure, refer to tire pressure label inside the fuel filler flap. See page
    • Para - Spark plugs
      • Bold - Spark plugs
    • Para - Approved spark plugs, refer to
    • Para - Air conditioner
      • Bold - Air conditioner
    • Para - R-134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant, refer to
    • Para - Bulbs
      • Bold - Bulbs
    • Para - High and low beams: H7 (55 W), low beam: Xenon (optional) fog lamps: H B4 (55 W), turn sig...
  • Section - Check regularly and before a long trip
    • Title - Check regularly and before a long trip
      • Marker - Check regularly and before a long trip
        • M-Index - Check regularly and before a long trip
        • M-Title - Check regularly and before a long trip
        • M-GraphicNum - P20.00-2034-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Check regularly and before a long trip
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
      • Item - 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
        • Bold - 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
      • Item - 2 Coolant level
        • Bold - 2 Coolant level
        • Bold - ,
      • Item - 3 Brake fluid,
        • Bold - 3 Brake fluid,
    • Para - Opening hood, see page
    • Para - Vehicle lighting:
      • Bold - Vehicle lighting:
    • Para - Exterior lamp switch, see page
• ToC - Contents - Instrument cluster display
  • Title - Contents - Instrument cluster display
    • Marker - Contents - Instrument cluster display
      • M-Title - Contents - Instrument cluster display
  • ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 268
  • ToCEntry - On-board diagnostic system 268
  • ToCEntry - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 268
    • ToCSubEntry - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 268
    • ToCSubEntry - Brake warning lamp 270
    • ToCSubEntry - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp 271
    • ToCSubEntry - Fuel reserve warning 271
    • ToCSubEntry - ABS malfunction indicator lamp 272
    • ToCSubEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp 273
  • ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning lamp 273
  • ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console 273
  • ToCEntry - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 273
    • ToCSubEntry - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 273
  • ToCEntry - Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display 274
  • ToCEntry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 275
    • ToCSubEntry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 275
    • ToCSubEntry - BATTERY / ALTERNATOR 276
    • ToCSubEntry - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM 277
    • ToCSubEntry - BRAKE ASSIST 277
    • ToCSubEntry - BRAKE LINING WEAR 278
    • ToCSubEntry - BRAKE FLUID 278
    • ToCSubEntry - PARKING BRAKE 279
    • ToCSubEntry - SEAT BELT SYSTEM 279
    • ToCSubEntry - ELEC. STABIL. PROG. (Electronic stability program) 280
    • ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant level) 281
    • ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant temperature) 282
    • ToCSubEntry - ENGINE OIL LEVEL 283
    • ToCSubEntry - LIGHTING SYSTEM 284
    • ToCSubEntry - LIGHT SENSOR 286
    • ToCSubEntry - DOOR 286
    • ToCSubEntry - TRUNK OPEN 287
    • ToCSubEntry - HOOD 287
    • ToCSubEntry - TELEPHONE – FUNCTION 288
    • ToCSubEntry - TELE AID 288
    • ToCSubEntry - WASHER FLUID 289
    • ToCSubEntry - RESTRAINT SYSTEM 290
    • ToCSubEntry - KEY 290
    • ToCSubEntry - FUEL RESERVE 291
    • ToCSubEntry - UNDERVOLTAGE 291
    • ToCSubEntry - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. 292
    • ToCSubEntry - ENTRANCE POSITION 292
• Part - Instrument cluster display
  • Section - Instrument cluster display
    • Title - Instrument cluster display
      • Hypertext - Instrument cluster display
        • M-Hypertext - Instrument cluster display
      • Marker - Malfunction and indicator lamps
        • M-Title - Malfunction and indicator lamps
        • M-ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster
    • Subtitle - General information:
    • Para - If a bulb in the instrument cluster fails to light up during the bulb selfcheck when turn...
    • Subtitle - Emission control
      • Bold - Emission control
    • Para - Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases with...
    • Para - These systems, of course, will function properly only when maintained strictly according t...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health. All exhaust gas contains carbon mon...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventila...
            • Para - Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventilat...
  • Section - On-board diagnostic system
    • Title - On-board diagnostic system
      • Marker - On-board diagnostic system
        • M-Index - On-board diagnostic system
        • M-ToCEntry - On-board diagnostic system
    • Subsection - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
      • Title - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
        • Marker - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - If the
      • Para - The Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection (SFI) control module monitors emission control com...
      • Para - If the
      • Para - With some exceptions, the control module switches off the
      • Para - An on-board diagnostic connector is located in the passenger compartment near to the parki...
    • Subsection - Brake warning lamp
      • Title - Brake warning lamp
        • Marker - Brake warning lamp
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Brake warning lamp
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - When the brake warning lamp and message appear while the engine is running, this means:
      • ItemizedList - • there is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir (engine running and parking b...
        • Item - • there is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir (engine running and parking brake rel...
        • Item - • the parking brake is set (engine running).
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident. Have your brake...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - If you find that the minimum mark on the brake fluid reservoir is reached, have the brake ...
    • Subsection - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
      • Title - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
        • Marker - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - In the event a malfunction of the “SRS” is indicated as outlined above, the “SRS” may not ...
      • Para - See page
    • Subsection - P54.30-2941-21
      • Title - P54.30-2941-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2941-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2941-21
          • M-Index - Fuel reserve warning
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Fuel reserve warning
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Fuel reserve indicator
        • Item - 1 Fuel reserve indicator
      • Para - When the warning lamp(1) comes on after starting the engine, or if comes on while driving...
      • Para - See page
    • Subsection - ABS malfunction indicator lamp
      • Title - ABS malfunction indicator lamp
        • Marker - ABS malfunction indicator lamp
          • M-ToCSubEntry - ABS malfunction indicator lamp
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp symbol and warning in the instrument cluster remai...
      • Para - A malfunctioning ABS control unit can possibly affect the operation of other systems (e.g....
      • Para - With the ABS malfunctioning, the BAS and ESP are also switched off. The malfunction indica...
      • Para - If the charging voltage falls below 10volts, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and ...
      • Para - Have the system checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center as soon as possible.
      • Para - See page
    • Subsection - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp
      • Title - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp
        • Marker - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) — warning lamp
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - If the ESP malfunction indicator lamp remains illuminated with the engine running, a malfu...
      • Para - See electronic stability program (ESP) on page
    • Subsection - Seat belts:Warning lamp
      • Title - Seat belts:Warning lamp
        • Marker - Seat belts:Warning lamp
          • M-Index - Seat belts:Warning lamp
          • M-ToCEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning lamp
      • Para -
        • Symbol -
      • Para - After starting the engine, the seat belt nonusage warning lamp blinks for a brief period t...
  • Section - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console
    • Title - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console
      • Marker - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console
        • M-ToCEntry - Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console
    • Subsection - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
      • Title - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
        • Marker - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
          • M-ToCSubEntry - AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
        • CapLetter - AIRBAG OFF
      • Para - The
      • Para - It does not light up if there is a fault in the system.
      • Para - The
      • Para - See page
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Footnote - Baby Smart
  • Section - Malfunction and warning messages
    • Title - Malfunction and warning messages
      • Marker - Malfunction and warning messages
        • M-Title - Malfunction and warning messages
        • M-ToCEntry - Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display
    • Para - Malfunction and warning messages for the following systems will be displayed immediately i...
    • Para - Messages of most immediate priority.
    • Para - These cannot be cleared from the instrument cluster using the reset knob on the instrument...
    • Para - Categories C2 and C3:
    • Para - Messages of less immediate priority.
    • Para - These can be cleared from the instrument cluster using the reset knob on the instrument cl...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - Certain malfunction and warning messages are accompanied by an audible signal. Malfunction...
    • Para - Temporary messages such as
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the MercedesBenz Limit...
            • Para - Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the MercedesBenz Limite...
    • Subsection - P54.30-2085-21
      • Title - P54.30-2085-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2085-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2085-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE
        • CapLetter - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Visit workshop!
            • Entry - Display FAULty
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - This message is displayed to indicate that the information being relayed by the engine con...
    • Subsection - P54.30-2089-21
      • Title - P54.30-2089-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2089-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2089-21
        • CapLetter - Display defective
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - display fAULTY
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - The displays for several systems have failed. Some systems themselves may also have failed.
    • Subsection - P54.30-2093-21
      • Title - P54.30-2093-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2093-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2093-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - BATTERY / ALTERNATOR
        • CapLetter - BATTERY /ALTERNATOR
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - battery/ALTERNaTOR
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - This message indicates a malfunction which must be repaired immediately.
      • Para - It may indicate that the poly-V-belt has broken. Should this condition occur, the poly-V-b...
      • Para - Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed.
      • Para - Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the MercedesBenz Li...
    • Subsection - P54.30-2097-21
      • Title - P54.30-2097-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2097-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2097-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
          • M-Index - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM:Malfunction and warning message
        • CapLetter - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - aBS system
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - display defective
            • Entry - visit workshop!1
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - See page
      • Footnote - 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning
    • Subsection - P54.30-2097-21
      • Title - P54.30-2097-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2097-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2097-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - BRAKE ASSIST
        • CapLetter - BRAKE ASSIST
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - brake assist
            • Entry - not available!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - brake assist
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - DISPLAY DEFECTIVE
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - A malfunction has been detected in the system. The brake system functions in the usual man...
      • Para - See page
    • Subsection - P54.30-2105-21
      • Title - P54.30-2105-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2105-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2105-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - BRAKE LINING WEAR
        • CapLetter - BRAKE LINING WEAR
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Brake lining wear
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - When this message appears during braking, it indicates that the brake pads are worn down.
      • Para - Have the brake system checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center as soon as possible.
    • Subsection - P54.30-2101-21
      • Title - P54.30-2101-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2101-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2101-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - BRAKE FLUID
        • CapLetter - BRAKE FLUID
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Brake fluid
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Driving with this message displayed can result in an accident. Have your brake system chec...
    • Subsection - P54.30-2129-21
      • Title - P54.30-2129-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2129-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2129-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - PARKING BRAKE
        • CapLetter - PARKING BRAKE
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Parking brake
            • Entry - Engage Brake!
            • Entry - 1
          • Row -
            • Entry - Parking brake
            • Entry - release Brake!
            • Entry - 1
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
    • Subsection - P54.30-2129-21
      • Title - P54.30-2129-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2129-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2129-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - SEAT BELT SYSTEM
        • CapLetter - SEAT BELT SYSTEM
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - seat belt system
            • Entry - VISIT WORKSHOP!
            • Entry - 1
          • Row -
            • Entry - PASSENGER SEAT BELT
            • Entry - FASTEN SEAT BELT!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - DRIVER SEAT BELT
            • Entry - FASTEN SEAT BELT!
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
    • Subsection - P54.30-2125-21
      • Title - P54.30-2125-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2125-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2125-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - ELEC. STABIL. PROG. (Electronic stability program)
        • CapLetter - ELEC. STABIL. PROG.
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - elec. stabil. prog.
            • Entry - not available!1, 2, 3, 4
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - elec. stabil. prog.
            • Entry - visit workshop!1, 5
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - Display defective
            • Entry - Visit workshop!6
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Para -
      • Footnote - 1 The enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP and the torque reduction feature are u...
      • Footnote - 2 This message may be displayed if the power supply was interrupted (battery disconnec...
      • Footnote - 3 The system is temporarily unavailable. The reason could be that the self-diagnosis h...
      • Footnote - 4 The system is unavailable due to low voltage, e.g. battery not being charged.
      • Footnote - 5 A malfunction has been detected in the system. In case of ESP malfunction the ESP wa...
      • Footnote - 6 The display or the system is malfunctioning.
    • Subsection - P54.30-2137-21
      • Title - P54.30-2137-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2137-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2137-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant level)
        • CapLetter - COOLANT
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Coolant
            • Entry - check level!
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - When this message appears while driving, the coolant level has dropped below the required ...
      • Para - The low engine coolant level warning should not be ignored. Extended driving with the symb...
      • Para - In cases of major or frequent minor coolant loss, have the cooling system checked at your ...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Do not drive without coolant in the cooling system. The engine will overheat causing major...
        • Para - Monitor the coolant temperature gauge while driving, see page
        • Para - See page
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may...
    • Subsection - P54.30-2141-21
      • Title - P54.30-2141-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2141-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2141-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - COOLANT (coolant temperature)
        • CapLetter - COOLANT
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - coolant
            • Entry - stop, engine off!1
            • Entry - 1
          • Row -
            • Entry - coolant
            • Entry - Visit workshop!2
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Footnote - 1 This may indicate that the poly-V-belt has broken. Should this condition occur, the ...
      • Footnote - 2 The cooling fan for the coolant is faulty. Observe the coolant temperature gauge. Se...
      • Para - During severe operating conditions and stop-and-go city traffic, the coolant temperature m...
      • Para - The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 120
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked i...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the...
              • Para - Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the ...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it co...
              • Para - Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it coo...
    • Subsection - P54.30-2157-21
      • Title - P54.30-2157-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2157-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2157-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - ENGINE OIL LEVEL
        • CapLetter - ENGINE OIL LEVEL
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Engine oil level
            • Entry - check level!1
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - Engine oil level
            • Entry - stop, engine off!2
            • Entry - 1
          • Row -
            • Entry - engine oil level
            • Entry - reduce oil level13
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - Engine oil
            • Entry - visit workshop!4
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - Engine oil level
            • Entry - visit workshop!5
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Footnote - 1 The engine oil level must be checked immediately. See Engine oil level indicator on ...
      • Footnote - 2 There is no oil in the engine. There is a danger of engine damage.
      • Footnote - 3 There is a risk of damaging the engine or catalytic converter. The engine oil level ...
      • Footnote - 4 The engine oil level has dropped to a critical level. Check the engine oil level imm...
      • Footnote - 5 The measuring system is malfunctioning.
      • Para - When the
      • Para - When this occurs, the warning will first come on intermittently and then stay on if the oi...
      • Para - If no oil leaks are noted, continue to drive to the nearest service station where the engi...
      • Para - The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored. Extended driving with the symbol disp...
    • Subsection - P54.30-2145-21
      • Title - P54.30-2145-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2145-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2145-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - LIGHTING SYSTEM
        • CapLetter - LIGHTING SYSTEM
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - low beam,l
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - low beam,r
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - Display defective
            • Entry - visit workshop!1
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - turn signal, l
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - turn signal, r
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - l. turn sig. rflectr
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - r. turn sig. rflectr
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - turn signal F, l
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - turn signal F, R
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - brake light2
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - brake light, l3
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - brake light, r3
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - 3rd stop lamp3
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - high beam, l
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - high beam, r
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - license plate l, l
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - license plate l, r
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - Lights
            • Entry - switch off lights!
            • Entry - 1
          • Row -
            • Entry - autom. light on
            • Entry - remove key!
            • Entry - 1
          • Row -
            • Entry - front foglamp, l
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - front foglamp, r
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - rear foglamp
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - rear foglamp
            • Entry - Switch off Substitute Lamp On!4
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - reverse light, l
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - reverse light, r
            • Entry - check lamp!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - tail light, l
            • Entry - check lamp! Substitute Lamp On!4
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - tail light, r
            • Entry - check lamp! Substitute Lamp On!4
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - sidelight, l
            • Entry - check lamp! Substitute Lamp On!4
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - sidelight, r
            • Entry - check lamp! Substitute Lamp On!4
            • Entry - 2
      • Para - In the case of bulb failures in certain lamps, other lamps will substitute. See page
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Footnote - 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning.
      • Footnote - 2 The brake lamps are switching on after a delay or are permanently on – visit worksho...
      • Footnote - 3 The brake lamp comprises several light emitting diodes. The warning message will onl...
      • Footnote - 4 Other bulbs will be brought into use as replacements when certain lamps blow.
    • Subsection - P54.30-2149-21
      • Title - P54.30-2149-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2149-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2149-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - LIGHT SENSOR
        • CapLetter - LIGHT SENSOR
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - light sensor
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - The headlamps will be switched on automatically if the light sensor malfunctions.
      • Para - The
    • Subsection - P54.30-2173-21
      • Title - P54.30-2173-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2173-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2173-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - DOOR
        • CapLetter - DOOR
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - door open!
            • Entry -
            • Entry - 1
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
    • Subsection - P54.30-2133-21
      • Title - P54.30-2133-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2133-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2133-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - TRUNK OPEN
        • CapLetter - TRUNK OPEN
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - trunk open!
            • Entry -
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
    • Subsection - HOOD
      • Title - HOOD
        • Marker - HOOD
          • M-ToCSubEntry - HOOD
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2560-21
        • CapLetter - HOOD
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
          • Row -
            • Entry - ENGINE HOOD open!
            • Entry -
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - See page
    • Subsection - P54.30-????-21
      • Title - P54.30-????-21
        • Marker - P54.30-????-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-????-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - TELEPHONE – FUNCTION
        • CapLetter - TELEPHONE – FUNCTION
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - function
            • Entry - not available!
            • Entry - 3
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - The display appears if button
    • Subsection - P54.30-????-21
      • Title - P54.30-????-21
        • Marker - P54.30-????-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-????-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - TELE AID
        • CapLetter - TELE AID
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Tele aid
            • Entry - visit workshop!1
            • Entry - 1
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Footnote - 1 The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response; automatic and manual emerge...
      • Footnote - See page
      • Para - If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above, have the system checked at the nearest Me...
    • Subsection - P54.30-2181-21
      • Title - P54.30-2181-21
        • Marker - P54.30-2181-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2181-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - WASHER FLUID
        • CapLetter - WASHER FLUID
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - washer fluid
            • Entry - check level!
            • Entry - 3
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - When this message appears while the engine is running, the level of the reservoir has drop...
      • Para - See windshield and headlamp washer system on page
    • Subsection - P54.30-????-21
      • Title - P54.30-????-21
        • Marker - P54.30-????-21
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-????-21
          • M-ToCSubEntry - RESTRAINT SYSTEM
        • CapLetter - RESTRAINT SYSTEM
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - RESTRAINT SYSTEM
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 1
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - See page
    • Subsection - KEY
      • Title - KEY
        • Marker - KEY
          • M-ToCSubEntry - KEY
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2181-21
        • CapLetter - KEY
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
          • Row -
            • Entry - replace Key1
            • Entry - visit workshop!
            • Entry - 2
          • Row -
            • Entry - AUTOM. LIGHT ON
            • Entry - remove key!
            • Entry - 1
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Footnote - 1 Key needs possibly to be replaced.
    • Subsection - FUEL RESERVE
      • Title - FUEL RESERVE
        • Marker - FUEL RESERVE
          • M-ToCSubEntry - FUEL RESERVE
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2181-21
        • CapLetter - FUEL RESERVE
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
          • Row -
            • Entry - RESERVE FUEL
            • Entry - visit filling STATION!
            • Entry - 2
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
    • Subsection - UNDERVOLTAGE
      • Title - UNDERVOLTAGE
        • Marker - UNDERVOLTAGE
          • M-ToCSubEntry - UNDERVOLTAGE
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2181-21
        • CapLetter - UNDERVOLTAGE
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
          • Row -
            • Entry - UNDERVOLTAGE
            • Entry - ENGINE ON!
            • Entry - 1
          • Row -
            • Entry - UNDERVOLTAGE
            • Entry - CONSUMER defective!
            • Entry - 1
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
    • Subsection - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. - malfunction and warning messages
      • Title - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. - malfunction and warning messages
        • Marker - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. - malfunction and warning messages
          • M-Index - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. - malfunction and warning messages
          • M-Index - Telescoping steering column - malfunction and warning messages
          • M-ToCSubEntry - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST.
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2937-21
        • CapLetter - STEERing WH. ADJUST
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
          • Row -
            • Entry - steerING wh. adjust
            • Entry - LOCK!
            • Entry - 1
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - For locking the manual steering wheel adjustment, seepage
    • Subsection - ENTRANCE POSITION - malfunction and warning messages
      • Title - ENTRANCE POSITION - malfunction and warning messages
        • Marker - ENTRANCE POSITION - malfunction and warning messages
          • M-Index - ENTRANCE POSITION - malfunction and warning messages
          • M-Index - Telescoping steering column - malfunction and warning messages
          • M-ToCSubEntry - ENTRANCE POSITION
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.30-2937-21
        • CapLetter - Entrance position
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Table -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Line 1
              • Bold - Line 1
            • Entry - Line 2
              • Bold - Line 2
            • Entry - C*
              • Bold - C*
          • Row -
            • Entry - Entrance position
              • CapLetter - Entrance position
            • Entry - do not drive!
            • Entry - 1
      • Footnote - * C = Category, see page
      • Para - Wait until the seat and steering wheel have moved to their driving positions. The display ...
      • Para - See alsopage
• ToC - Contents - Practical hints
  • Title - Contents - Practical hints
    • Marker - Contents - Practical hints
      • M-Title - Contents - Practical hints
  • ToCEntry - First aid kit 294
  • ToCEntry - Stowing things in the vehicle 294
  • ToCEntry - Fuses 295
  • ToCEntry - Hood 297
  • ToCEntry - Checking engine oil level 300
  • ToCEntry - Automatic transmission fluid level 301
  • ToCEntry - Coolant level 301
  • ToCEntry - Adding coolant 302
    • ToCSubEntry - Adding coolant 302
  • ToCEntry - Windshield and headlamp washer system 302
  • ToCEntry - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment 304
  • ToCEntry - Vehicle jack 305
  • ToCEntry - Wheels 306
  • ToCEntry - Tire replacement 306
    • ToCSubEntry - Tire replacement 306
    • ToCSubEntry - Rotating wheels 307
  • ToCEntry - Spare wheel 308
  • ToCEntry - Changing wheels 309
  • ToCEntry - Tire inflation pressure 315
  • ToCEntry - Battery 316
  • ToCEntry - Jump starting 318
  • ToCEntry - Towing the vehicle 321
  • ToCEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
    • ToCSubEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
  • ToCEntry - Exterior lamps 326
  • ToCEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
    • ToCSubEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
  • ToCEntry - Trunk lamp 331
  • ToCEntry - Changing batteries in the electronic main key 332
  • ToCEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
    • ToCSubEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
  • ToCEntry - Emergency engine shut-down 334
  • ToCEntry - Fuel filler flap, manual release 335
  • ToCEntry - Replacing wiper blade insert 337
  • ToCEntry - Roof rack 338
• Part - Practical hints
  • Section - Practical hints
    • Title - Practical hints
      • Hypertext - Practical hints
        • M-Hypertext - Practical hints
      • Marker - First aid kit
        • M-Index - First aid kit
        • M-Title - First aid kit
        • M-GraphicNum - P91.00-2002-26
        • M-ToCEntry - First aid kit
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The first aid kit is located in the storage space(1) in the shelf below the rear window.
    • Para - Lift cover. Remove first aid kit.
  • Section - Stowing things in the vehicle
    • Title - Stowing things in the vehicle
      • Marker - Stowing things in the vehicle
        • M-Index - Stowing things in the vehicle
        • M-ToCEntry - Stowing things in the vehicle
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when st...
  • Section - Fuses
    • Title - Fuses
      • Marker - Fuses
        • M-Title - Fuses
        • M-Index - Fuses
        • M-ToCEntry - Fuses
    • Para - Most of your vehicle’s electrical components are fused with safety fuses. With the excepti...
    • Para - The circuit for components is protected by a cycled circuit breaker interrupted if too muc...
    • Para - Always use a new fuse for replacement. Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse.
    • Para - A fuse chart is located in fuse box(1).
    • Para - A fuse extractor is located in the auxiliary fuse box in the trunk, see page
    • Subsection - P54.15-2007-26
      • Title - P54.15-2007-26
        • Marker - P54.15-2007-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.15-2007-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Fuse box in passenger compartment
        • Item - 1 Fuse box in passenger compartment
      • Para - To gain access to fuse box, pull cover away from fuse box(arrow) and remove rearward.
    • Subsection - P54.15-0466-26
      • Title - P54.15-0466-26
        • Marker - P54.15-0466-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.15-0466-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 2 Fuse box in engine compartment, left-hand side
        • Item - 2 Fuse box in engine compartment, left-hand side
        • Item - 3 Tabs
      • Para - To gain access to fuse box:
      • Para - Release clamps(3) and remove the cover.
      • Para - To close the fuse box:
      • Para - Ensure that the sealing rubber is properly positioned when you replace the cover. Press th...
    • Subsection - P82.10-0911-26
      • Title - P82.10-0911-26
        • Marker - P82.10-0911-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P82.10-0911-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 4 Auxiliary fuse box in left hand side of trunk.
        • Item - 4 Auxiliary fuse box in left hand side of trunk.
      • Para - To open: Remove the cover.
      • Para - To close: Press the cover on.
  • Section - Engine compartment
    • Title - Engine compartment
      • Marker - Engine compartment
        • M-Title - Engine compartment
        • M-ToCEntry - Hood
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - To help prevent personal injury, stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the ...
        • Row -
          • Entry - The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30seconds or even restart after t...
            • Para - The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30seconds or even restart after th...
        • Row -
          • Entry - If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment, or if the coolant temperat...
            • Para - If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment, or if the coolant temperatu...
        • Row -
          • Entry - The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system. Because of the high voltage...
            • Para - The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system. Because of the high voltage ...
            • ItemizedList - • with the engine running,
              • Item - • with the engine running,
              • Item - • while starting the engine,
              • Item - • if ignition is
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - P88.40-2001-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P88.40-2001-26
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - P88.40-0391-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P88.40-0391-26
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - To avoid damage to the windshield wipers or hood, open the hood only with the wipers in th...
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - P88.40-0390-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P88.40-0390-26
    • Para - To close: Lower the hood and let it drop into lock from a height of approximately 1ft. (3...
    • Para - To avoid hood damage, please make sure that hood is fully closed. If not, repeat closing p...
  • Section - Checking engine oil level
    • Title - Checking engine oil level
      • Marker - Checking engine oil level
        • M-Index - Checking engine oil level
        • M-GraphicNum - P18.40-0287-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Checking engine oil level
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Oil filler cap
      • Item - 1 Oil filler cap
    • Para - To check the engine oil level, park vehicle on level ground, with engine at normal operati...
    • Para - Check engine oil level approximately 5minutes after stopping the engine, allowing for the...
    • Para - The engine oil level can be checked via the multifunction display in the instrument cluster.
    • Para - Unscrew the oil filler cap and add oil carefully if you need to top up the oil. Fill quant...
    • Para - Do not overfill the engine.
      • Underline - Do not overfill the engine.
    • Para - See malfunction and warning messages on page
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - See page
  • Section - Automatic transmission fluid level
    • Title - Automatic transmission fluid level
      • Marker - Automatic transmission fluid level
        • M-ToCEntry - Automatic transmission fluid level
        • M-Index - Automatic transmission:Fluid level
    • Para - The transmission has a permanent fill of automatic transmission fluid.
    • Para - Regular automatic transmission fluid level checks and changes are not required. For this r...
    • Para - If you notice fluid leaks or gear shifting malfunctions, have your authorized Mercedes-Ben...
  • Section - Coolant level
    • Title - Coolant level
      • Marker - Coolant level
        • M-Index - Coolant level
        • M-GraphicNum - P82.35-2001-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Coolant level
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Coolant expansion tank
      • Item - 1 Coolant expansion tank
    • Para - To check the coolant level, the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the engine stop...
    • Para - Check coolant level only when coolant is cold.
    • Para - The coolant level should reach the black top part of the reservoir.
    • Para - See page
    • Subsection - Adding coolant
      • Title - Adding coolant
        • Marker - Adding coolant
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Adding coolant
      • Para - If coolant has to be added, a 50/50 mixture of water and MB anticorrosion/antifreeze sho...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • ItemizedList - • In order to avoid possibly serious burns: Use extreme caution when opening the h...
                • Item - • In order to avoid possibly serious burns: Use extreme caution when opening the hood if t...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194°F (9...
              • ItemizedList - • Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194
                • Item - • Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Using a rag, slowly open cap approximately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pressure. If open...
              • ItemizedList - • Using a rag, slowly open cap approximately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pressure. ...
                • Item - • Using a rag, slowly open cap approximately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pressure. If opene...
          • Row -
            • Entry - • Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which ...
              • ItemizedList - • Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol...
                • Item - • Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which m...
  • Section - Windshield washer system
    • Title - Windshield washer system
      • Marker - Windshield washer system
        • M-Index - Windshield washer system
        • M-GraphicNum - P82.35-2002-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Windshield and headlamp washer system
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid reservoir
      • Item - 1 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid reservoir
    • Para - The reservoir should be refilled with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water (or conce...
    • Para - Vehicles without headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approximately 3.2 US qt (3.0 l)
    • Para - Vehicles with headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approximately 6.4 US qt (6.0 l)
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Washer solvent/antifreeze is highly flammable. Do not spill washer solvent/antifreeze on h...
    • Subsection - Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
      • Title - Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
      • Para - For temperatures above freezing: MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
      • Para - 1 part
      • Para - For temperatures below freezing:
      • Para - MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
      • Para - 1 part
  • Section - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment
    • Title - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment
      • Marker - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment
        • M-Index - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment
        • M-Index - Vehicle tools
        • M-Title - Spare wheel
        • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-0523-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Vehicle tool kit and towingeyebolt
      • Item - 1 Vehicle tool kit and towingeyebolt
      • Item - 2 Jack
      • Item - 3 Spare wheel
      • Item - 4 Storage tray
    • Para - Lift trunk floor and engage handle in upper edge of trunk.
    • Para - Always lower trunk floor before closing trunk lid.
    • Para - To remove the spare wheel: Take out the vehicle tool kit tray. Turn the luggage bowl count...
    • Para - To store spare wheel: Place spare wheel in wheel well and secure it with luggage bowl. Tur...
    • Para - Place vehicle tool kit tray in luggage bowl.
  • Section - Jack
    • Title - Jack
      • Marker - Jack
        • M-Index - Jack
        • M-Title - Jack
        • M-GraphicNum - P58.10-2001-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Vehicle jack
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - To prepare the jack for use:
    • Para - Remove the jack from the spare wheel well under the trunk floor.
    • Para - Push the crank handle up and turn clockwise until it engages (operational position).
    • Subsection -
      • Title -
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Storing the jack in the trunk:
      • Para - Before storing the jack, it should be fully collapsed, with handle folded in (storage posi...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack takeup brackets b...
          • Row -
            • Entry - Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is a...
              • Para - Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is al...
  • Section - Wheels
    • Title - Wheels
      • Marker - Wheels
        • M-Index - Wheels
        • M-Title - Tires, Wheels
        • M-ToCEntry - Wheels
    • Para - Replace rims or tires with the same designation, manufacturer and type as shown on the ori...
    • Para - See your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims an...
    • Subsection - Tire replacement
      • Title - Tire replacement
        • Marker - Tire replacement
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Tire replacement
      • Para - Front and rear tires should be replaced in sets. Rims and tires must be of the correct siz...
      • Para - We recommend that you break in new tires for approximately 60miles (100km) at moderate s...
      • Para - It is imperative that the wheel mounting bolts be fastened to a tightening torque of 110 f...
      • Para - For rim and tire specifications, refer to
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If the tire tread is badly worn, or if the tires have...
          • Row -
            • Entry - When replacing rims, use only genuine MercedesBenz wheel bolts specified for the particu...
              • Para - When replacing rims, use only genuine MercedesBenz wheel bolts specified for the particul...
    • Subsection - Rotating wheels
      • Title - Rotating wheels
        • Marker - Rotating wheels
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Rotating wheels
      • Para - The wheels can be rotated according to the degree of tire wear while retaining the same di...
      • Para - Rotating, however, should be carried out as recommended by the tire manufacturer, before t...
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - Thoroughly clean the inner side of the wheels any time you rotate the wheels or wash the v...
        • Para - The use of retread tires is not recommended. Retread tires may adversely affect the handli...
        • Para - Dented or bent rims can cause tire pressure loss and damage to the tire beads. For this re...
        • Para - Check and ensure proper tire inflation pressure after rotating the wheels. For tire inflat...
  • Section - Spare wheel
    • Title - Spare wheel
      • Marker - Spare wheel
        • M-ToCEntry - Spare wheel
        • M-Index - Spare wheel
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - The spare wheel rim is mounted with a full size tire of the same type as on the vehicle, a...
      • Para - In the case of a flat tire, you may temporarily use the spare wheel.
      • Para - Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted.
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only. Use for over a total of 12000miles (2000...
    • Subsection - Spare wheel
      • Title - Spare wheel
      • Para - The spare wheel rim size is 7 J x 16 H2 (C 240 Canada only - steel rims 6
      • Para - In the case of a flat tire or breakdown, you may temporarily use the spare wheel, while ob...
      • ItemizedList - • Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
        • Item - • Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
        • Item - • Drive to the nearest repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or replaced as appro...
        • Item - • Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted.
      • Para - For additional information, refer to page
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only. Use for over a total of 12 000 miles (20 00...
          • Row -
            • Entry - The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of road wheels. As a result, t...
              • Para - The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of road wheels. As a result, th...
          • Row -
            • Entry - The spare wheel should only be used temporarily, and replaced with a regular road wheel a...
              • Para - The spare wheel should only be used temporarily, and replaced with a regular road wheel as...
  • Section - Changing wheels
    • Title - Changing wheels
      • Marker - Changing wheels
        • M-ToCEntry - Changing wheels
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack takeup brackets b...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is a...
            • Para - Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is al...
    • Para - Move vehicle to a level area which is a safe distance from the roadway.
    • OrderedList - 1. Set parking brake and turn on hazard warning flasher.
      • Item - 1. Set parking brake and turn on hazard warning flasher.
      • Item - 2. Move selector lever to position
      • Item - 3. Prevent vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks (not supplied wi...
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P40.10-2077-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-2077-26
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P40.10-2077-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-2077-26
    • OrderedList - P40.10-0520-26
      • Item - P40.10-0520-26
        • Marker - P40.10-0520-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-0520-26
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P40.10-2074-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-2074-26
      • ItemPara - The jack takeup brackets are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in ...
      • Item - 8. Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is clear of the ground. Never start engine while ve...
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P40.10-2076-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-2076-26
      • Item - 10. Remove wheel. Grip wheel from the sides. Keep hands from beneath the wheels.
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
      • Item - 2 Wheel bolt for steel rims (Canada model C 240)
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P40.10-2075-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-2075-26
      • ItemPara - To avoid paint damage, place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while installing...
      • ItemPara - Unscrew the alignment bolt to install the last wheel bolt.
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P40.10-2072-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-2072-26
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P40.10-2073-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P40.10-2073-26
      • Item - 14. Vehicles with steel rims
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - Before storing the jack, it should be fully collapsed, with handle folded in.
      • Para - For proper storage of vehicle jack see page
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted.
        • Row -
          • Entry - Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts.
            • Para - Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts.
        • Row -
          • Entry - Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately.
            • Para - Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately.
        • Row -
          • Entry - Incorrect mounting bolts or improperly tightened mounting bolts can cause the wheel to co...
            • Para - Incorrect mounting bolts or improperly tightened mounting bolts can cause the wheel to com...
  • Section - Tire inflation pressure
    • Title - Tire inflation pressure
      • Marker - Tire inflation pressure
        • M-Index - Tire inflation pressure
        • M-ToCEntry - Tire inflation pressure
    • Para - A table (see fuel filler flap) lists the tire inflation pressures specified for Mercedes-B...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - Tire pressure changes by approximately 1.5 psi (0.1 bar) per 18
      • Para - Example:
      • Para - If garage temperature = approximately +68
      • Para - Tire pressures listed for light loads are minimum values offering high driving comfort. In...
      • Para - Tire temperature and pressure increase with the vehicle speed. Tire pressure should theref...
      • Para - An underinflated tire due to a slow leak (e.g. due to a nail in the tire) may cause damage...
      • Para - If a tire constantly loses air, it should be inspected for damage.
      • Para - The spare tire should be checked periodically for condition and inflation. Spare tire will...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Do not overinflate tires. Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation (blowout) bec...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicated...
            • Para - Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicated ...
  • Section - Battery
    • Title - Battery
      • Marker - Battery
        • M-Index - Battery
        • M-Title - Battery
        • M-ToCEntry - Battery
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death.
        • Row -
          • Entry - Never lean over batteries while connecting, you might get injured.
            • Para - Never lean over batteries while connecting, you might get injured.
        • Row -
          • Entry - Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eye...
            • Para - Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes...
        • Row -
          • Entry - A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and explosive. Keep flames o...
            • Para - A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and explosive. Keep flames or...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - Battery replacement information:
      • Para - The maintenance-free battery is located in the engine compartment on the right hand side.
      • Para - The service life of the battery is dependent on its condition of charge. The battery shoul...
      • Para - Therefore, we strongly recommend that you have the battery charge checked frequently, and ...
        • Bold - Therefore, we strongly recommend that you have the battery charge checked frequently, and ...
      • Para - Only charge a battery with a battery charger after the battery has been disconnected from ...
      • Para - Always disconnect the battery negative lead first and connect last.
      • Para - When removing and connecting the battery, always make sure that all electrical consumers a...
      • Para - While the engine is running the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached, ...
      • Para - P54.10-2054-26
        • Marker - P54.10-2054-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P54.10-2054-26
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Release three clamps(1) and remove filter box.
      • Para - Installation of filter box:
      • Para - Install filter box properly and secure with threeclamps(1).
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - After reconnecting the battery also set the clock (vehicles with COMAND: see COMAND operat...
    • Subsection - Battery recycling
      • Title - Battery recycling
      • Para - Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment with improper disposal.
      • Para - Large 12 Volt storage batteries contain lead.
      • Para - Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal.
      • Para - Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling.
  • Section - Jump starting
    • Title - Jump starting
      • Marker - Jump starting
        • M-Index - Jump starting
        • M-Title - Jump starting
        • M-ToCEntry - Jump starting
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components, and can...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting, you might get injured.
            • Para - Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting, you might get injured.
        • Row -
          • Entry - Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eye...
            • Para - Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes...
        • Row -
          • Entry - A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and very explosive. Keep fla...
            • Para - A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and very explosive. Keep flam...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Read all instructions before proceeding.
            • Para - Read all instructions before proceeding.
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - A discharged battery can freeze at approximately +14
      • ItemizedList - • Minimum cable cross-section of 25mm
        • Item - • Minimum cable cross-section of 25mm
        • Item - • Maximum length of 11.5 ft. (3.5 m).
    • Para - If the battery is discharged, the engine should be started with jumper cables and the (12 ...
    • Para - Only use 12 V battery to jump start your vehicle. Jump starting with more powerful battery...
    • Para - The battery is located in the engine compartment on the right hand side.
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
      • Item - 2 Positive(+) under hood terminal
    • Para - Proceed as follows:
    • OrderedList - 1. Position the vehicle with the charged battery so that the jumper cables will rea...
      • Item - 1. Position the vehicle with the charged battery so that the jumper cables will reach, but...
      • Item - 2. On both vehicles:
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • OrderedList - 3. Clamp one end of the first jumper cable to the positive (+) under hood terminal ...
        • Item - 3. Clamp one end of the first jumper cable to the positive (+) under hood terminal of the ...
        • Item - 4. Clamp one end of the second jumper cable to the grounded negative (–) terminal of the c...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • OrderedList - 5. Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at high idle. Make ...
        • Item - 5. Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at high idle. Make sure th...
        • Item - 6. After the engine has started, remove jumper cables by exactly reversing the above insta...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - If engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts, have it checked at th...
      • Para - Excessive unburned fuel may damage the catalytic converter.
  • Section - Towing the vehicle
    • Title - Towing the vehicle
      • Marker - Towing the vehicle
        • M-Index - Towing the vehicle
        • M-Title - Towing the vehicle
        • M-ToCEntry - Towing the vehicle
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground, make certain that the electroni...
        • Row -
          • Entry - If the electronic key is left in the starter switch position0 for an extended period of ...
            • Para - If the electronic key is left in the starter switch position0 for an extended period of t...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - When towing the vehicle, please, note the following:
      • Para - With the automatic central locking activated and the electronic key in starter switch posi...
      • Para - To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking, deactivate the automatic central locking. See
    • Para - Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt. Ne...
      • Bold - Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt. Ne...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - The selector lever will remain locked in position
      • Para - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking, see page
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P88.20-0408-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P88.20-0408-26
    • Para - To remove cover: Press mark on cover in direction of arrow and lift cover off to reveal th...
    • Para - To reinstall cover: Fit cover and snap into place.
    • OrderedList -
      • Item -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P88.20-0410-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P88.20-0410-26
    • Para - To remove cover: Press mark on cover in direction of arrow and lift cover off to reveal th...
    • Para - To reinstall cover: Fit cover and snap into place.
    • Para - We recommend that the vehicle be transported using flat bed equipment. This method is pref...
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - To prevent damage during transport, do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension p...
        • Bold - To prevent damage during transport, do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension p...
    • Para - Towing restrictions for vehicles with automatic transmission:
    • Para - The vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground and the selector lever in position
    • Para - To be certain to avoid a possibility of damage to the transmission, however, we recommend ...
    • Para - Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Towing with sling-type equipment over bumpy roads wi...
    • Para - Use wheel lift, dolly, or flat bed equipment, with electronic key in starter switch turned...
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - To signal turns while being towed with hazard warning flasher in use, turn electronic key ...
      • Para - Upon canceling the turn signal, the hazard warning flasher will operate again.
    • Caution - Caution!
      • BlockTitle - Caution!
      • Para - If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised, the engine must be shut off (electroni...
      • Para - Switch off the tow-away alarm (see page
    • Subsection - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking
      • Title - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking
        • Marker - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking
          • M-Index - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking
          • M-Index - Automatic transmission:Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking
          • M-GraphicNum - P27.60-2132-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - In the case of power failure the transmission selector lever can be manually unlocked, e.g...
      • Para - To do so, open storage compartment in front of center armrest.
      • Para - Using a small coin, release the coin holder(1) and swing it aside.
      • Para - Insert a tool(2), e.g. the screw driver, into the opening below the coin holder. While pu...
      • Para - After removal of the tool from the opening, reinstall the coin holder.
      • Para - The selector lever is locked again when moving it to position
  • Section - Exterior lamps
    • Title - Exterior lamps
      • Marker - Exterior lamps
        • M-ToCEntry - Exterior lamps
        • M-Index - Exterior lamps
        • M-Title - Exterior lamps
    • Subsection - Headlamp adjustment
      • Title - Headlamp adjustment
      • Para - Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important. Check and readjust headlamps at regula...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Bulbs and bulb holders can be very hot. Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb.
              • Para - Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas. A bulb can explode if you:
              • ItemizedList - • touch or move it when hot,
                • Item - • touch or move it when hot,
                • Item - • drop the bulb,
                • Item - • scratch the bulb.
          • Row -
            • Entry - Wear eye and hand protection.
              • Para - Wear eye and hand protection.
    • Subsection - Replacing bulbs
      • Title - Replacing bulbs
        • Marker - Replacing bulbs
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Replacing bulbs
          • M-Index - Exterior lamps:Replacing bulbs
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps, it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the ...
      • Note - Notes:
        • BlockTitle - Notes:
        • Para - To prevent a possible electrical short circuit, switch off lamp prior to replacing a bulb.
        • Para - When replacing bulbs, install only 12 volt bulbs with the specified watt rating.
        • Para - When replacing halogen bulbs do not touch glass portion of bulb with bare hands. Use plain...
        • Para - If the newly installed bulb does not light up, switch the lamp off and on again. If the bu...
    • Subsection - P82.10-0912-26
      • Title - P82.10-0912-26
        • Marker - P82.10-0912-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P82.10-0912-26
          • M-Index - Exterior lamps:Headlamp assembly
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 1 Headlamp cover for low beam headlamp
        • Item - 1 Headlamp cover for low beam headlamp
        • Item - 2 Headlamp cover for parking and standing lamp, and high beam headlamp
    • Subsection - P82.10-0913-26
      • Title - P82.10-0913-26
        • Marker - P82.10-0913-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P82.10-0913-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 3 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp
        • Item - 3 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp
        • Item - 4 Electrical connector for low beam headlamp bulb (Halogen type)
        • Item - 5 Electrical connector for high beam headlamp bulb
        • Item - 6 Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp
    • Subsection - Exterior lamps:Bulbs for high and low beam
      • Title - Exterior lamps:Bulbs for high and low beam
        • Marker - Exterior lamps:Bulbs for high and low beam
          • M-Index - Exterior lamps:Bulbs for high and low beam
      • Para - Open hood.
      • Para - Press the clamp and remove headlamp cover(1or2).
      • Para - Pull electrical connector off.
      • Para - Unclip the retainer spring and take out the bulb.
      • Para - Insert the new bulb so that the base locates in the recess on the holder.
      • Para - Clip in retainer springs and plug the connector onto the bulb.
      • Para - Align headlamp cover (1or2) and click into place.
      • Para - Xenon
        • Bold - Xenon
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps, it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the ...
    • Subsection - Exterior lamps:Turn signal lamp
      • Title - Exterior lamps:Turn signal lamp
        • Marker - Exterior lamps:Turn signal lamp
          • M-Index - Exterior lamps:Turn signal lamp
      • Para - Open hood.
      • Para - Twist bulb socket (3) counterclockwise and pull out. Push bulb into socket, turn countercl...
      • Para - Insert new bulb in socket, push in and twist clockwise. Reinstall bulb socket.
    • Subsection - Exterior lamps:Parking and standing lamp
      • Title - Exterior lamps:Parking and standing lamp
        • Marker - Exterior lamps:Parking and standing lamp
          • M-Index - Exterior lamps:Parking and standing lamp
      • Para - Open hood.
      • Para - Press the clamp and remove headlamp cover(2).
      • Para - Pull out bulb socket (6). Remove bulb from socket.
      • Para - Insert new bulb in socket and push in. Reinstall bulb socket.
      • Para - Align headlamp cover (2) and click into place.
    • Subsection - P82.10-0917-26
      • Title - P82.10-0917-26
        • Marker - P82.10-0917-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P82.10-0917-26
          • M-Index - Exterior lamps:Taillamp assemblies
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Open trunk lid.
      • Para - Fold trim to the side.
      • Para - Turn locking lever (1) to vertical position and remove bulb carrier.
      • Para - Push bulb into socket, turn counterclockwise and remove.
      • Para - Insert new bulb in socket, push in and twist clockwise. Reinstall bulb socket.
      • Para - Reinstall trim.
    • Subsection -
      • Title -
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 2 Driver’s side: rear fog lamp (P 21 W/32 cp bulb)
        • Item - 2 Driver’s side: rear fog lamp (P 21 W/32 cp bulb)
        • Item - 3 Backup lamp (P 21 W/32 cp bulb)
        • Item - 4 Stop lamp (P 21 W/32 cp bulb)
        • Item - 5 Turn signal lamp (PY 21 W bulb [yellow])
        • Item - 6 tail, parking, standing and side marker lamp (R 5 W/4 cp bulb)
    • Subsection - P82.10-2199-26
      • Title - P82.10-2199-26
        • Marker - P82.10-2199-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P82.10-2199-26
          • M-Index - Exterior lamps:License plate lamps
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Loosen both securing screws(1), remove lamp and replace tubular lamp (C 5 W/4 cp).
    • Subsection - Exterior lamps:High mounted stop lamp
      • Title - Exterior lamps:High mounted stop lamp
        • Marker - Exterior lamps:High mounted stop lamp
          • M-Index - Exterior lamps:High mounted stop lamp
          • M-Index - Exterior lamps:Additional turn signals on the exterior mirror
      • Para - The high mounted stop lamp (3rd brake lamp), and the additional turn signals on the exteri...
      • Para - Have the system checked at an authorized MercedesBenz Center if a malfunction occurs.
  • Section - Standby bulb function
    • Title - Standby bulb function
      • Marker - Standby bulb function
        • M-Index - Standby bulb function
    • Para - a) The stop lamps, dimmed, will act as a replacement lamp, if one taillamp stops working.
    • Para - b) The left stop lamp acts as a replacement for the rear fog lamp, if it stops working.
    • Para - c) The respective fog lamp, dimmed, will act as a replacement lamp, if the left or right s...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - The multifunction display will indicate that a bulb has failed. See malfunction and warnin...
  • Section - Trunk lamp
    • Title - Trunk lamp
      • Marker - Trunk lamp
        • M-Index - Trunk lamp
        • M-Title - Trunk lamp
        • M-ToCEntry - Trunk lamp
    • Para - The trunk lamp will switch off after approximately 10minutes if the trunk lid is left open.
  • Section - Electronic main key:Changing batteries
    • Title - Electronic main key:Changing batteries
      • Marker - Electronic main key:Changing batteries
        • M-Index - Electronic main key:Changing batteries
        • M-Title - Electronic main key
        • M-GraphicNum - P80.30-2061-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Changing batteries in the electronic main key
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Transmit buttons
      • Item - 1 Transmit buttons
      • Item - 2 Lamp for battery check and function control
    • Subsection - Checking batteries
      • Title - Checking batteries
      • Para - If one of the transmit buttons(1) is pressed, the battery check lamp(2) lights up briefl...
      • Para - Change batteries if the battery check lamp(2) does not light up briefly.
    • Subsection - P80.30-2062-26 (2c)
      • Title - P80.30-2062-26 (2c)
        • Marker - P80.30-2062-26 (2c)
          • M-GraphicNum - P80.30-2062-26 (2c)
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Subtitle - Changing batteries
        • Bold - Changing batteries
      • Para - Move locking tab(3) in direction of right arrow and remove mechanical key(4, left arrow).
      • Para -
        • Graphic -
        • Marker - P80.30-2063-26 (2c)
          • M-GraphicNum - P80.30-2063-26 (2c)
      • Para - Remove mechanical key from side opening.
      • Para - Carefully remove battery compartment in direction of arrow(6).
      • Para - P80.xx-xxxx-26
        • Marker - P80.xx-xxxx-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P80.xx-xxxx-26
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Return battery compartment into housing until locked in place and slide mechanical key bac...
      • Important - Important!
        • BlockTitle - Important!
        • Para - Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly. Recyc...
        • Para - Replacement Battery: Lithium, type CR2025 or equivalent.
    • Subsection - Electronic main key:Synchronizing remote control
      • Title - Electronic main key:Synchronizing remote control
        • Marker - Electronic main key:Synchronizing remote control
          • M-Index - Electronic main key:Synchronizing remote control
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Synchronizing remote control
      • Para - The remote control may have to be resynchronized, if the vehicle cannot be locked or unloc...
      • Para - To synchronize insert electronic key in starter switch.
      • Para - The remote control should once again be operational.
  • Section - Emergency engine shut-down
    • Title - Emergency engine shut-down
      • Marker - Emergency engine shut-down
        • M-ToCEntry - Emergency engine shut-down
        • M-Title - Emergency engine shut-down
        • M-Index - Emergency engine shut-down
    • Para - If the engine can no longer be stopped using the electronic key, the engine can be turned ...
    • Para - For easy removal of fuses use the fuse extractor (located in the auxiliary fuse box in the...
    • Para - The fuse chart is located in the fuse box in the passenger compartment.
    • Para - For fuses see page
  • Section - Fuel filler flap, manual release
    • Title - Fuel filler flap, manual release
      • Marker - Fuel filler flap, manual release
        • M-ToCEntry - Fuel filler flap, manual release
        • M-Index - Fuel filler flap, manual release
        • M-GraphicNum - P47.25-2015-26
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - Open the trunk lid and fold right-side taillamp trim aside. Reach inside and pull the rele...
  • Section - Emergency operation of sliding/pop-up roof
    • Title - Emergency operation of sliding/pop-up roof
      • Marker - Emergency operation of sliding/pop-up roof
        • M-Index - Emergency operation of sliding/pop-up roof
        • M-GraphicNum - P68.00-0759-26
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - The sliding/pop-up roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunctio...
    • Para - The sliding/pop-up roof drive is located behind the lens(1) of the interior overhead li...
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
    • Note - Note:
      • BlockTitle - Note:
      • Para - Do not disconnect electrical connectors.
    • Para - Obtain crank (3) (supplied with vehicle) and insert through hole.
    • Para - To slide roof closed or to raise the roof at the rear: turn crank clockwise.
    • Para - To slide the roof open or to lower the roof at the rear: turn crank counterclockwise.
    • Para - See page
  • Section - Replacing wiper blade insert
    • Title - Replacing wiper blade insert
      • Marker - Replacing wiper blade insert
        • M-ToCEntry - Replacing wiper blade insert
        • M-Title - Replacing wiper blade insert
        • M-Index - Replacing wiper blade insert
        • M-Index - Wiper blade:Replacing insert
    • Para - For safety reasons, remove electronic key from steering lock before replacing the wiper bl...
    • Note - Notes:
      • BlockTitle - Notes:
      • Para - Do not open engine hood with wiper arm folded forward.
      • Para - Do not allow the wiper arm to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted....
      • Para - Make certain that the wiper blades are properly installed. Improperly installed wiper blad...
    • Para -
      • Graphic -
      • Marker - P82.30-0333-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P82.30-0333-26
    • Para - Fold wiper arm forward. Press safety tab down(1), push wiper blade downward(2) and remove.
    • Subsection - P82.30-2037-26
      • Title - P82.30-2037-26
        • Marker - P82.30-2037-26
          • M-GraphicNum - P82.30-2037-26
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • Para - Place wiper blade on firm support. Press down both tabs and slide (direction of arrow) the...
      • Para - Installation:
      • Para - Slide (direction of arrow) wiper blade insert into retainer claws until tabs are engaged.
      • Para - Slide wiper blade onto wiper arm until it locks in place.
  • Section - Roof rack
    • Title - Roof rack
      • Marker - Roof rack
        • M-Index - Roof rack
        • M-GraphicNum - P77.40-0209-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Roof rack
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • Para - Only mount roof racks to the fastening bolts (see arrows) located under the door weatherst...
    • Para - Use only those roof racks approved by Mercedes-Benz to avoid damage to the vehicle. Follow...
• ToC - Contents - Vehicle care
  • Title - Contents - Vehicle care
    • Marker - Contents - Vehicle care
      • M-Title - Contents - Vehicle care
  • ToCEntry - Cleaning and care of the vehicle 340
  • ToCEntry - Power washer 341
    • ToCSubEntry - Power washer 341
    • ToCSubEntry - Tar stains 341
    • ToCSubEntry - Paintwork, painted body components 341
    • ToCSubEntry - Engine cleaning 342
    • ToCSubEntry - Vehicle washing 342
    • ToCSubEntry - Ornamental moldings 343
    • ToCSubEntry - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses 343
    • ToCSubEntry - Window cleaning 343
    • ToCSubEntry - Wiper blade 343
    • ToCSubEntry - Light alloy wheels 344
    • ToCSubEntry - Instrument cluster 344
    • ToCSubEntry - Steering wheel and gear selector lever 344
    • ToCSubEntry - Cup holder 344
    • ToCSubEntry - Seat belts 345
    • ToCSubEntry - Headliner and shelf below rear window 345
    • ToCSubEntry - Leather upholstery 345
    • ToCSubEntry - Hard plastic trim items 345
    • ToCSubEntry - Plastic and rubber parts 345
• Part - Vehicle care
  • Section - Vehicle care
    • Title - Vehicle care
      • Hypertext - Vehicle care
        • M-Hypertext - Vehicle care
      • Marker - Cleaning and care of the vehicle
        • M-ToCEntry - Cleaning and care of the vehicle
        • M-Title - Cleaning and care of the vehicle
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - Many cleaning products can be hazardous. Some are poisonous, others are flammable. Always ...
        • Row -
          • Entry - Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle.
            • Para - Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle.
    • Para - In operation, your vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which, if gone unch...
    • Para - Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions, but also by air...
    • Para - More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions; for example, nea...
    • Para - You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage. Any da...
    • Para - In doing so, do not neglect the underside of the vehicle. A prerequisite for a thorough ch...
    • Para - Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax- base rustproofing in the body cav...
    • Para - We have selected car-care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matche...
    • Para - Scratches, corrosive deposits, corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cann...
    • Para - The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important
    • Para - Additional information can be found in the booklet titled
    • Subsection - Power washer
      • Title - Power washer
        • Marker - Power washer
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Power washer
      • Para - When using a power washer for cleaning the vehicle always observe manufacturer’s operating...
      • Caution - Caution!
        • BlockTitle - Caution!
        • Para - Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires. The intense jet of water can result in damag...
        • Para - Always replace a damaged tire.
      • Para - Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface. Do not aim directly at electrical ...
    • Subsection - Tar stains
      • Title - Tar stains
        • Marker - Tar stains
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Tar stains
      • Para - Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove. A tar remov...
    • Subsection - Paintwork, painted body components
      • Title - Paintwork, painted body components
        • Marker - Paintwork, painted body components
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Paintwork, painted body components
      • Para - Mercedes-Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface ...
      • Para - Mercedes-Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if paint surface shows signs of dir...
      • Para - Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the h...
      • Para - Use the appropriate MB-Touch-Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint dam...
    • Subsection - Engine cleaning
      • Title - Engine cleaning
        • Marker - Engine cleaning
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Engine cleaning
      • Para - Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and co...
      • Para - Corrosion protection, such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compart...
    • Subsection - Vehicle washing
      • Title - Vehicle washing
        • Marker - Vehicle washing
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Vehicle washing
      • Para - Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight. Use only a mild car wash det...
      • Para - Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water. Direct only a very weak spray t...
      • Para - Rinse with clear water and thoroughly wipe dry with a chamois. Do not allow cleaning agent...
      • Para - Due to the width of the vehicle, prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car was...
      • Para - In the winter, thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible.
      • Para - When washing the underbody, do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels.
    • Subsection - Ornamental moldings
      • Title - Ornamental moldings
        • Marker - Ornamental moldings
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Ornamental moldings
      • Para - For regular cleaning and care of very dirty chrome- plated parts, use a chrome cleaner.
    • Subsection - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
      • Title - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
        • Marker - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
      • Para - Use a mild car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo, with plenty of ...
      • Para - To prevent scratches, never apply strong force and use only a soft, nonscratchy cloth whe...
    • Subsection - Window cleaning
      • Title - Window cleaning
        • Marker - Window cleaning
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Window cleaning
      • Para - Use a window cleaning solution on all glass surfaces. An automotive glass cleaner is recom...
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - For safety reasons, switch off wipers and remove electronic key from starter switch before...
    • Subsection - Wiper blade
      • Title - Wiper blade
        • Marker - Wiper blade
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Wiper blade
      • Para - Clean the wiper blade rubbers with a clean cloth and detergent solution.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - For safety reasons, remove electronic key from starter switch before cleaning the wiper bl...
    • Subsection - Light alloy wheels
      • Title - Light alloy wheels
        • Marker - Light alloy wheels
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Light alloy wheels
      • Para - Mercedes-Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for regular cleaning of the light alloy w...
      • Para - If possible, clean wheels once a week with Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care, using a sof...
      • Para - Follow instructions on container.
      • Note - Note:
        • BlockTitle - Note:
        • Para - Use only acid-free cleaning materials. The acid could lead to corrosion.
    • Subsection - Instrument cluster
      • Title - Instrument cluster
        • Marker - Instrument cluster
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Instrument cluster
      • Para - Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing sol...
    • Subsection - Steering wheel and gear selector lever
      • Title - Steering wheel and gear selector lever
        • Marker - Steering wheel and gear selector lever
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Steering wheel and gear selector lever
      • Para - Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care.
    • Subsection - Cup holder
      • Title - Cup holder
        • Marker - Cup holder
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Cup holder
      • Para - Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing sol...
    • Subsection - Seat belts
      • Title - Seat belts
        • Marker - Seat belts
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Seat belts
      • Para - The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents. Use only clear, lukewarm wa...
      • Warning -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Warning!
              • Para - Warning!
              • Para - Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not ...
    • Subsection - Headliner and shelf below rear window
      • Title - Headliner and shelf below rear window
        • Marker - Headliner and shelf below rear window
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Headliner and shelf below rear window
      • Para - Clean with soft bristle brush, or use a dry-shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt.
    • Subsection - Leather upholstery
      • Title - Leather upholstery
        • Marker - Leather upholstery
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Leather upholstery
      • Para - Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off color...
      • Para - Leather Upholstery Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean w...
      • Para - MB Tex Upholstery Pour Mercedes-Benz approved Interior Care onto soft lint-free cloth and ...
    • Subsection - Hard plastic trim items
      • Title - Hard plastic trim items
        • Marker - Hard plastic trim items
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Hard plastic trim items
      • Para - Pour Mercedes-Benz approved Interior Care onto soft lint-free cloth and apply with light p...
    • Subsection - Plastic and rubber parts
      • Title - Plastic and rubber parts
        • Marker - Plastic and rubber parts
          • M-ToCSubEntry - Plastic and rubber parts
      • Para - Do not use oil or wax on these parts.
• ToC - Contents - Technical data
  • Title - Contents - Technical data
    • Marker - Contents - Technical data
      • M-Title - Contents - Technical data
  • ToCEntry - Spare parts service 348
  • ToCEntry - Warranty coverage 348
  • ToCEntry - Identification labels 349
  • ToCEntry - Layout of poly-V-belt drive 350
  • ToCEntry - Technical data 351
  • ToCEntry - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities 355
  • ToCEntry - Engine oils 357
  • ToCEntry - Engine oil additives 357
  • ToCEntry - Air conditioner refrigerant 357
  • ToCEntry - Brake fluid 357
  • ToCEntry - Premium unleaded gasoline 358
  • ToCEntry - Fuel requirements 358
  • ToCEntry - Gasoline additives 359
  • ToCEntry - Coolants 359
  • ToCEntry - Consumer information 361
  • ToCEntry - Uniform tire quality grading 361
• Part - Technical data
  • Section - Technical data
    • Title - Technical data
      • Hypertext - Technical data
        • M-Hypertext - Technical data
      • Marker - Technical data
        • M-Title - Technical data
        • M-ToCEntry - Spare parts service
    • Para - All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintain a stock of original spare parts required for...
    • Para - More than 300000 different spare parts, for MercedesBenz models, are available.
    • Para - Mercedes-Benz original spare parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections. Each pa...
    • Para - Therefore, Mercedes-Benz original spare parts should be installed.
    • Important - Important!
      • BlockTitle - Important!
      • Para - The use of non-genuine parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes-Benz could damage ...
  • Section - Warranty coverage
    • Title - Warranty coverage
      • Marker - Warranty coverage
        • M-ToCEntry - Warranty coverage
    • Para - Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the
    • OrderedList - 1. New vehicle limited warranty
      • Item - 1. New vehicle limited warranty
      • Item - 2. Emission systems warranty
      • Item - 3. Emission performance warranty
      • Item - 4. California, Massachusetts, and Vermont emission control systems warranty
    • Para - Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes-Benz Spare Parts and Accesso...
    • Subsection - Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
      • Title - Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
      • Para - Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet, have your authorized Merced...
  • Section - Identification labels
    • Title - Identification labels
      • Marker - Identification labels
        • M-Index - Identification labels
        • M-GraphicNum - P60.00-2053-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Identification labels
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Certification label
      • Item - 1 Certification label
    • Subsection -
      • Title -
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - P60.00-2054-26
        • Item - P60.00-2054-26
          • Marker - P60.00-2054-26
            • M-GraphicNum - P60.00-2054-26
    • Subsection -
      • Title -
      • Figure -
        • Graphic -
      • OrderedList - 3 VIN, visible (lower edge of windshield)
        • Item - 3 VIN, visible (lower edge of windshield)
        • Item - P61.20-2009-26
          • Marker - P61.20-2009-26
            • M-GraphicNum - P61.20-2009-26
        • Item - 5 Emission control label
        • Item - 6 Information label, California version Vacuum line routing for emission control system
      • Para - When ordering spare parts, please specify vehicle identification and engine numbers.
  • Section - P13.22-2008-26
    • Title - P13.22-2008-26
      • Marker - P13.22-2008-26
        • M-GraphicNum - P13.22-2008-26
        • M-ToCEntry - Layout of poly-V-belt drive
    • Figure -
      • Graphic -
    • OrderedList - 1 Automatic belt tensioner
      • Item - 1 Automatic belt tensioner
      • Item - 2 Crankshaft
      • Item - 3 Air conditioner compressor
      • Item - 4 Generator (alternator)
      • Item - 5 Idler pulley
      • Item - 6 Power steering pump
      • Item - 7 Coolant pump, fan
  • Section - Technical data
    • Title - Technical data
      • Marker - Technical data
        • M-Index - Technical data
        • M-ToCEntry - Technical data
    • Table -
      • THead -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Model
            • Bold - Model
          • Entry - C 240 (203.0611)
            • Bold - C 240
          • Entry - C 320 (203.0641)
            • Bold - C 320
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Engine
            • Bold - Engine
          • Entry - 112.912
          • Entry - 112.946
        • Row -
          • Entry - Mode of operation
          • Entry - 4-stroke engine, gasoline injection
          • Entry - 4-stroke engine, gasoline injection
        • Row -
          • Entry - No. of cylinders
          • Entry - 6
          • Entry - 6
        • Row -
          • Entry - Bore
          • Entry - 3.54in (89.90mm)
          • Entry - 3.54in (89.90mm)
        • Row -
          • Entry - Stroke
          • Entry - 2.68in (68.20mm)
          • Entry - 3.30in (84.00mm)
        • Row -
          • Entry - Total piston displacement
          • Entry - 158,5cu.in. (2597cm3)
          • Entry - 195.2cu.in. (3199cm3)
        • Row -
          • Entry - Compression ratio
          • Entry - 10:1
          • Entry - 10:1
        • Row -
          • Entry - Output acc. to SAE J 1349
          • Entry - 167hp/6000rpm (125kW/6000rpm)
          • Entry - 221hp/5600rpm (165kW/5600rpm)
        • Row -
          • Entry - Maximum torque acc. to SAE J 1349
          • Entry - 130ft.lb/4500rpm (240Nm/4500rpm)
          • Entry - 232ft.lb/3000rpm (315Nm/3000rpm)
        • Row -
          • Entry - Maximum engine speed
          • Entry - 6200 rpm
          • Entry - 6000 rpm
        • Row -
          • Entry - Firing order
          • Entry - 1-4-3-6-2-5
          • Entry - 1-4-3-6-2-5
        • Row -
          • Entry - Poly-V-belt
          • Entry - 2390 mm
          • Entry - 2390 mm
        • Row -
          • Entry -
          • Entry -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - 1 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle. See an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen...
            • Footnote - 1 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle. See an authorized Mercedes-Benz ...
    • Subsection - Rims — Tires
      • Title - Rims — Tires
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Model
              • Bold - Model
            • Entry - C 240 (203.061)
              • Bold - C 240
            • Entry - C 320 (203.064)
              • Bold - C 320
            • Entry - C 240 (Canada only – incl. spare wheel)
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Rims (light alloy) Wheel offset:
            • Entry - 7Jx16H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
            • Entry - 7Jx16H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
            • Entry - (steel rims) 61/2 J x 16 H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
          • Row -
            • Entry - All season tires: Radial-ply tires
            • Entry - 205/55R1691 H
            • Entry - 205/55R1691 H
            • Entry - 205/55 R 16 91 H
          • Row -
            • Entry - Winter tires: Radial-ply tires
            • Entry - 205/55R1691 HM+S
            • Entry - 205/55R1691 HM+S
            • Entry - 205/55 R 16 91 HM+S
          • Row -
            • Entry -
            • Entry -
            • Entry -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Spare wheel
              • Bold - Spare wheel
            • Entry -
            • Entry -
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Rim (light alloy) Wheel offset:
            • Entry - 7Jx16H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
            • Entry - 7Jx16H2 1.46 in (37 mm)
            • Entry -
          • Row -
            • Entry - All season tires: Radial-ply tires
            • Entry - 205/55R1691 H
            • Entry - 205/55R1691 H
            • Entry -
    • Subsection - Electrical system
      • Title - Electrical system
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Model
              • Bold - Model
            • Entry - C 240 (203.061)
              • Bold - C 240
            • Entry - C 320 (203.064)
              • Bold - C 320
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Generator (alternator)
            • Entry - 14 V/120 A
            • Entry - 14 V/120 A
          • Row -
            • Entry - Starter motor
            • Entry - 12V/1.7 kW
            • Entry - 12V/1.7 kW
          • Row -
            • Entry - Battery
            • Entry - 12V/100 Ah
            • Entry - 12V/100 Ah
          • Row -
            • Entry - Spark plugs Electrode gap Tightening torque
            • Entry - Bosch F 8 DPER Beru 14 FGH 8 DPUR X 2 NGK IFR 5 D 10 0.039in (1.0mm) 15–22ft.lb (20...
            • Entry - Bosch F 8 DPER Beru 14 FGH 8 DPUR X 2 NGK IFR 5 D 10 0.039in (1.0mm) 15–22ft.lb (20...
    • Subsection - Weights
      • Title - Weights
      • Table -
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Roof load max.
            • Entry - 220lb (100kg)
          • Row -
            • Entry - Trunk load max.
            • Entry - 220lb (100kg)
    • Subsection - Main Dimensions
      • Title - Main Dimensions
      • Table -
        • THead -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Model
              • Bold - Model
            • Entry - C 240 (203.061) C 320 (203.064)
              • Bold - C 240
        • TBody -
          • Row -
            • Entry - Overall vehicle length
            • Entry - 178.2 in (4526 mm)
          • Row -
            • Entry - Overall vehicle width
            • Entry - 68.0 in (1728 mm)
          • Row -
            • Entry - Overall vehicle height
            • Entry - 56.1 in (1426 mm)
          • Row -
            • Entry - Wheel base
            • Entry - 106.9 in (2715 mm)
          • Row -
            • Entry - Track, front
            • Entry - 59.3 in (1505 mm)
          • Row -
            • Entry - Track, rear
            • Entry - 58.1 in (1476 mm)
  • Section - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
    • Title - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
      • Marker - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
        • M-Title - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
        • M-ToCEntry - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
    • Para -
    • Table -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match. Therefore use only brands ...
    • Table -
      • THead -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
          • Entry - Capacity
            • Bold - Capacity
          • Entry - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc.
            • Bold - Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc.
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Engine with oil filter
          • Entry - 8.5 US qt (8.0 l)
          • Entry - Recommended engine oils
        • Row -
          • Entry - Automatic transmission
          • Entry - 8.5 US qt (8.0 l)
          • Entry - Automatic transmission fluid
        • Row -
          • Entry - Rear axle
          • Entry - 1.2 US qt (1.1 l)
          • Entry - Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90
        • Row -
          • Entry - Power steering
          • Entry - approx. 1.1 US qt (1.0 l)
          • Entry - MB Power steering fluid
        • Row -
          • Entry - Front wheel hubs
          • Entry - approx. 2.1 oz (60 g) each
          • Entry - High temperature roller bearing grease
        • Row -
          • Entry - Accelerator control linkage
          • Entry -
          • Entry - Hydraulic fluid
        • Row -
          • Entry - Brake system
          • Entry - approx. 0.5 US qt (0.5 l)
          • Entry - MB Brake fluid (DOT 4+)
        • Row -
          • Entry - Cooling system
          • Entry - approx. 9.5 US qt (10.5 l)
          • Entry - MB Anticorrosion/antifreeze
        • Row -
          • Entry - Fuel tank including a reserve of
          • Entry - 16.4 US gal (62.0 l) 2.1 US gal (8.0 l)
          • Entry - Premium unleaded gasoline: Posted Octane 91 (Avg. of 96 RON/86 MON)
        • Row -
          • Entry -
          • Entry -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Air conditioner system
          • Entry -
          • Entry - R-134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant (Never R-12)
        • Row -
          • Entry - Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
          • Entry - Vehicles without headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approx. 3.2 US qt (3.0 l)
            • Para - Vehicles without headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approx. 3.2 US qt (3.0 l)
            • Para - Vehicles with headlamp cleaning system: Capacity approx. 6.4 US qt (6.0 l)
          • Entry - MB Windshield washer concentrate1
        • Row -
          • Entry - 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate “S” and water for temperatures above freezing or M...
            • Footnote - 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate “S” and water for temperatures above freezing o...
  • Section - Engine oils
    • Title - Engine oils
      • Marker - Engine oils
        • M-ToCEntry - Engine oils
    • Para - Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines. Therefore, use o...
    • Para - Please follow Service Booklet recommendations for scheduled oil changes. Failure to do so ...
  • Section - Engine oil additives
    • Title - Engine oil additives
      • Marker - Engine oil additives
        • M-ToCEntry - Engine oil additives
    • Para - Do not blend oil additives with engine oil. They may be harmful to the engine operation.
    • Para - Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Merced...
  • Section - Air conditioner refrigerant
    • Title - Air conditioner refrigerant
      • Marker - Air conditioner refrigerant
        • M-ToCEntry - Air conditioner refrigerant
    • Para - R-134a (HFC) refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil is used in the air conditioner sy...
    • Para - Never use R-12 (CFC) or mineral-based lubricating oil, otherwise damage to the system will...
  • Section - Brake fluid
    • Title - Brake fluid
      • Marker - Brake fluid
        • M-ToCEntry - Brake fluid
    • Para - During vehicle operation, the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced thr...
    • Para - The brake fluid must therefore be replaced every two years, preferably in the spring.
    • Para - It is recommended to use only brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz. Your authorized Merce...
  • Section - Premium unleaded gasoline
    • Title - Premium unleaded gasoline
      • Marker - Premium unleaded gasoline
        • M-ToCEntry - Premium unleaded gasoline
    • Caution - Caution!
      • BlockTitle - Caution!
      • Para - To maintain the engine’s durability and performance, premium unleaded gasoline must be use...
    • ItemizedList - • have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular and fill up with ...
      • Item - • have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular and fill up with premium ...
      • Item - • avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration,
      • Item - • do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm, if the vehicle is loaded with a light load su...
      • Item - • do not exceed
  • Section - Fuel requirements
    • Title - Fuel requirements
      • Marker - Fuel requirements
        • M-ToCEntry - Fuel requirements
    • Para - Use only Premium unleaded meeting ASTM standard D 439:
    • Para - The octane number (posted at the pump) must be 91min. It is an average of both the Resear...
    • Para - Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as Ethanol, IPA, IBA and TBA can be used prov...
    • Para - The ratio of Methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3% plus additional cosolvents.
    • Para - Using mixtures of Ethanol and Methanol is not allowed. Gasohol, which contains 10% Ethanol...
    • Para - These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock,...
  • Section - Gasoline additives
    • Title - Gasoline additives
      • Marker - Gasoline additives
        • M-ToCEntry - Gasoline additives
    • Para - A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline. Mercedes...
    • Para - After an extended period of using fuels without such additives, carbon deposits can build ...
    • ItemizedList - • warm-up hesitation,
      • Item - • warm-up hesitation,
      • Item - • unstable idle,
      • Item - • knocking/pinging,
      • Item - • misfire,
      • Item - • power loss.
    • Para - Do not blend other specific fuel additives with fuel. They only result in unnecessary cost...
    • Para - Damage or malfunctions resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending specific fuel add...
  • Section - Coolants
    • Title - Coolants
      • Marker - Coolants
        • M-ToCEntry - Coolants
    • Para - The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion/antifreeze, which provides:
    • ItemizedList - • corrosion protection,
      • Item - • corrosion protection,
      • Item - • freeze protection,
      • Item - • boiling protection (by increasing the boiling point).
    • Para - The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to...
    • Para - If the antifreeze mixture is effective to - 22
    • Para - The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection...
    • Para - To provide the important corrosion protection, the solution must be at least 45% anticorro...
    • Para - If the coolant level is low, water and MB anticorrosion/ antifreeze should be used to bri...
    • Para - The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements, which are usually satisfie...
    • Para - Anticorrosion/antifreeze
    • Para - Your vehicle contains a number of aluminium parts. The use of aluminium components in moto...
    • Para - Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle: Mercedes-...
    • Para - Before the start of the winter season (or once a year in the hot southern regions), you sh...
    • Para - Anticorrosion/antifreeze quantity
    • Table -
      • THead -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Approximately freeze protection
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - – 35°F (– 37°C)
          • Entry - – 49°F (– 45°C)
        • Row -
          • Entry - 4.8 US qt (4.5 l)
          • Entry - 5.3 US qt (5.0 l)
  • Section - Consumer information
    • Title - Consumer information
      • Marker - Consumer information
        • M-Title - Consumer information
        • M-ToCEntry - Consumer information
    • Para - This has been prepared as required of all manufactures of passenger cars under Title 49, C...
    • Para - Uniform tire quality grading
      • Marker - Uniform tire quality grading
        • M-ToCEntry - Uniform tire quality grading
      • Bold - Uniform tire quality grading
    • Para - Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder a...
    • Para -
    • Table -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Tread wear 200
          • Entry - Traction AA
          • Entry - Temperature A
    • Para - All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these g...
    • Para - Treadwear
    • Para - The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested...
    • Para - Traction
    • Para - The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent th...
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests,...
    • Para - Temperature
    • Para - The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire‘s resistance t...
    • Para -
    • Para -
    • Warning -
      • TBody -
        • Row -
          • Entry -
        • Row -
          • Entry - Warning!
            • Para - Warning!
            • Para - The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated an...
• Index - Index
  • Title - Index
    • Marker - Index
      • M-Title - Index
  • GroupTitle - A
  • IndexEntry - Airbags 65
  • IndexEntry - ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
  • IndexEntry - Malfunction and warning message 277
    • IndexSubEntry - Malfunction and warning message 277
  • IndexEntry - Antilock brake system (ABS) 258
  • IndexEntry - Antitheft alarm system 38
  • IndexEntry - Ashtrays 199
  • IndexEntry - Audio system
  • IndexEntry - Button and soft key operation 163
    • IndexSubEntry - Button and soft key operation 163
    • IndexSubEntry - Cassette mode 169
    • IndexSubEntry - CD changer 174
    • IndexSubEntry - CD mode 173
    • IndexSubEntry - Operating and display elements 161
    • IndexSubEntry - Operating safety 160
    • IndexSubEntry - Operation 163
    • IndexSubEntry - Operation Audio and telephone 160
    • IndexSubEntry - Radio mode 166
    • IndexSubEntry - Telephone operation 177
  • IndexEntry - Audio systems 98
  • IndexEntry - Cassette player 100
    • IndexSubEntry - Cassette player 100
    • IndexSubEntry - CD Player 99
    • IndexSubEntry - Radio 98
  • IndexEntry - Automatic central locking 34
  • IndexEntry - Automatic climate control 146
  • IndexEntry - Activated charcoal filter 154
    • IndexSubEntry - Activated charcoal filter 154
    • IndexSubEntry - Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment 159
    • IndexSubEntry - Air recirculation 153
    • IndexSubEntry - Air volume, manual 151
    • IndexSubEntry - Basic setting 150
    • IndexSubEntry - Defrosting 152
    • IndexSubEntry - Display and controls 148
    • IndexSubEntry - Dust filter 150
    • IndexSubEntry - Economy mode 155
    • IndexSubEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
    • IndexSubEntry - Residual engine heat utilization 156
    • IndexSubEntry - Special settings 151
    • IndexSubEntry - Windows fogged up on the inside 152
    • IndexSubEntry - Windows fogged up on the outside 152
  • IndexEntry - Automatic transmission 234
  • IndexEntry - Fluid level 301
    • IndexSubEntry - Fluid level 301
    • IndexSubEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
  • GroupTitle - B
  • IndexEntry - BabySmart
  • IndexEntry - Battery 316
  • IndexEntry - Block heater 252
  • IndexEntry - Brake assist system (BAS) 257
  • GroupTitle - C
  • IndexEntry - Cellular telephone 210
  • IndexEntry - Center console 18
  • IndexEntry - Central locking switch 33
  • IndexEntry - Central locking system 25
  • IndexEntry - Automatic central locking 34
    • IndexSubEntry - Automatic central locking 34
    • IndexSubEntry - Central locking switch 33
    • IndexSubEntry - Choosing global or selective mode 27
    • IndexSubEntry - Doors 31
    • IndexSubEntry - General notes 24
    • IndexSubEntry - Locking and unlocking with remote control 27
    • IndexSubEntry - Mechanical keys 30
    • IndexSubEntry - Obtaining replacement keys 23
    • IndexSubEntry - Summer opening/convenience feature 29
    • IndexSubEntry - Vehicle keys 22
  • IndexEntry - Check regularly and before a long trip 266
  • IndexEntry - Checking engine oil level 300
  • IndexEntry - Climate control 138
  • IndexEntry - Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment 159
    • IndexSubEntry - Adjustable air outlets, rear passenger compartment 159
    • IndexSubEntry - Air recirculation 144
    • IndexSubEntry - Basic setting 142
    • IndexSubEntry - Defrosting 143
    • IndexSubEntry - Display and controls 140
    • IndexSubEntry - Dust filter 141
    • IndexSubEntry - Economy mode 145
    • IndexSubEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
    • IndexSubEntry - Residual engine heat utilization 145
    • IndexSubEntry - Special settings 142
    • IndexSubEntry - Windows fogged up on the inside 143
    • IndexSubEntry - Windows fogged up on the outside 144
  • IndexEntry - COMAND, radio, telephone and two-way radio 218
  • IndexEntry - Combination switch 134
  • IndexEntry - Control and operation of radio transmitters 218
  • IndexEntry - Coolant level 301
  • IndexEntry - Coolant temperature gauge 124
  • IndexEntry - Cruise control 254
  • IndexEntry - Cup holder 197
  • GroupTitle - D
  • IndexEntry - Dashboard 16
  • IndexEntry - Door control panel 14
  • IndexEntry - Door entry lamps 190
  • IndexEntry - Drive sensibly - Save Fuel 244
  • GroupTitle - E
  • IndexEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
  • IndexEntry - Electronic main key 23
  • IndexEntry - Changing batteries 332
    • IndexSubEntry - Changing batteries 332
    • IndexSubEntry - Synchronizing remote control 334
  • IndexEntry - Electronic stability program (ESP) 260
  • IndexEntry - Emergency engine shut-down 334
  • IndexEntry - Emergency operation of sliding/pop-up roof 335
  • IndexEntry - Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR) 64
  • IndexEntry - Emergency unlocking in case of accident 34
  • IndexEntry - Engine oil consumption 129
  • IndexEntry - Engine oil level indicator 128
  • IndexEntry - Enlarged cargo area 207
  • IndexEntry - ENTRANCE POSITION - malfunction and warning messages 292
  • IndexEntry - Exterior lamp switch 130
  • IndexEntry - Daytime running lamp mode 132
    • IndexSubEntry - Daytime running lamp mode 132
  • IndexEntry - Exterior lamps 326
  • IndexEntry - Additional turn signals on the exterior mirror 330
    • IndexSubEntry - Additional turn signals on the exterior mirror 330
    • IndexSubEntry - Bulbs for high and low beam 328
    • IndexSubEntry - Headlamp assembly 327
    • IndexSubEntry - High mounted stop lamp 330
    • IndexSubEntry - License plate lamps 330
    • IndexSubEntry - Parking and standing lamp 328
    • IndexSubEntry - Replacing bulbs 326
    • IndexSubEntry - Taillamp assemblies 329
    • IndexSubEntry - Turn signal lamp 328
  • IndexEntry - Exterior mirror adjustment 81
  • IndexEntry - Exterior mirror, front passenger side, parking position 82
  • GroupTitle - F
  • IndexEntry - First aid kit 294
  • IndexEntry - Flexible service system (FSS) 125
  • IndexEntry - Front airbags 65
  • IndexEntry - Front center console storage compartment ventilation 158
  • IndexEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
  • IndexEntry - Fuel filler flap, manual release 335
  • IndexEntry - Fuel reserve warning 271
  • IndexEntry - Fuses 295
  • GroupTitle - G
  • IndexEntry - Garage door opener 212
  • IndexEntry - Glove box 194
  • GroupTitle - H
  • IndexEntry - Hazard warning flasher switch 137
  • IndexEntry - Head restraints
  • IndexEntry - Rear seat 52
    • IndexSubEntry - Rear seat 52
  • IndexEntry - Head restraints, front seats
  • IndexEntry - Removal and installation 47
    • IndexSubEntry - Removal and installation 47
  • IndexEntry - Headlamp cleaning system 133
  • IndexEntry - Headlamp mode 131
  • IndexEntry - Heated seats 50
  • GroupTitle - I
  • IndexEntry - Identification labels 349
  • IndexEntry - Individual settings 111
  • IndexEntry - "CONVENIENCE" 121
    • IndexSubEntry - "CONVENIENCE" 121
    • IndexSubEntry - "INSTRUMENT CLUSTER" 113
    • IndexSubEntry - "LIGHTING" 117
    • IndexSubEntry - "VEHICLE" 119
  • IndexEntry - Infant and child restraint systems 73
  • IndexEntry - Child seat mounts 76
    • IndexSubEntry - Child seat mounts 76
    • IndexSubEntry - Installation 75
  • IndexEntry - Instrument cluster 88
  • IndexEntry - Instruments and controls 12
  • IndexEntry - Center console 18
    • IndexSubEntry - Center console 18
    • IndexSubEntry - Dashboard 16
    • IndexSubEntry - Door control panel 14
    • IndexSubEntry - Overhead control panel 15
  • IndexEntry - Interior 193
  • IndexEntry - Interior lighting 189
  • GroupTitle - J
  • IndexEntry - Jack 305
  • IndexEntry - Jump starting 318
  • GroupTitle - L
  • IndexEntry - Lighter 201
  • IndexEntry - Loading instructions (Vehicle with enlarged cargo area) 209
  • IndexEntry - Locator lighting 133
  • IndexEntry - Locking the vehicle with remote control 27
  • GroupTitle - M
  • IndexEntry - Maintenance 219
  • IndexEntry - Malfunction/warning message memory 109
  • IndexEntry - Manual seat 45, 48
  • IndexEntry - Manual transmission 233
  • IndexEntry - Memory function 85
  • IndexEntry - Mirror, exterior, parking position, front passenger side 82
  • IndexEntry - Multicontour seat 49
  • IndexEntry - Multifunction display 92
  • IndexEntry - Coolant temperature 96
    • IndexSubEntry - Coolant temperature 96
    • IndexSubEntry - Engine oil level indicator 96
    • IndexSubEntry - FSS 96
    • IndexSubEntry - Individual settings 111
    • IndexSubEntry - Tire inflation pressure monitor 96
    • IndexSubEntry - Trip and main odometer 96
    • IndexSubEntry - Vehicle speed 96
  • IndexEntry - Multifunction steering wheel 92
  • GroupTitle - N
  • IndexEntry - Navigation system 106
  • IndexEntry - Night security illumination 132
  • GroupTitle - O
  • IndexEntry - On-board diagnostic system 268
  • IndexEntry - Overhead control panel 15
  • GroupTitle - P
  • IndexEntry - Panic button 30
  • IndexEntry - Parcel net in front passenger footwell 202
  • IndexEntry - Parking brake 243
  • IndexEntry - Power windows 184
  • IndexEntry - Blocking of rear door window operation 186
    • IndexSubEntry - Blocking of rear door window operation 186
    • IndexSubEntry - Express opening and closing 185
    • IndexSubEntry - Opening and closing 29
    • IndexSubEntry - Synchronizing power windows 186
  • IndexEntry - Problems with your vehicle 8
  • IndexEntry - Product information 1
  • GroupTitle - R
  • IndexEntry - Rain sensor 135
  • IndexEntry - Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets 159
  • IndexEntry - Rear window defroster 157
  • IndexEntry - Rear window sunshade 191
  • IndexEntry - Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 47
  • IndexEntry - Replacement keys
  • IndexEntry - Obtaining 23
    • IndexSubEntry - Obtaining 23
  • IndexEntry - Replacing wiper blade insert 337
  • IndexEntry - Reporting Safety Defects 9
  • IndexEntry - REST 145, 156
  • IndexEntry - Roof rack 338
  • GroupTitle - S
  • IndexEntry - Seat belt nonusage warning system 56
  • IndexEntry - Seat belts 55
  • IndexEntry - Fastening 58
    • IndexSubEntry - Fastening 58
    • IndexSubEntry - Operation 59
    • IndexSubEntry - Unfastening 59
    • IndexSubEntry - Warning lamp 273
  • IndexEntry - Seat belts and integrated restraint system 55
  • IndexEntry - Seats
  • IndexEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
    • IndexSubEntry - Front seat adjustment 42
    • IndexSubEntry - Manual seat 45
    • IndexSubEntry - Power seat 43
  • IndexEntry - Setting the audio volume 123
  • IndexEntry - Side impact airbags 68
  • IndexEntry - Ski sack 202
  • IndexEntry - Sliding/pop-up roof 187
  • IndexEntry - Opening and closing 29
    • IndexSubEntry - Opening and closing 29
    • IndexSubEntry - Synchronizing 188
  • IndexEntry - Spare wheel 308
  • IndexEntry - Spare wheel, vehicle tools, storage compartment 304
  • IndexEntry - Split folding rear seat bench 207
  • IndexEntry - Standby bulb function 331
  • IndexEntry - Start lock-out 24
  • IndexEntry - Starter switch 230
  • IndexEntry - Starting and turning off the engine 232
  • IndexEntry - STEER. WHEEL ADJUST. - malfunction and warning messages 292
  • IndexEntry - Steering lock
  • IndexEntry - See starter switch 230
    • IndexSubEntry - See starter switch 230
  • IndexEntry - Steering wheel
  • IndexEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
    • IndexSubEntry - Easy-entry/exit feature 41
  • IndexEntry - Steering wheel adjustment
  • IndexEntry - electrical 79
    • IndexSubEntry - electrical 79
    • IndexSubEntry - manual 77
  • IndexEntry - Storage compartments and armrests 193
  • IndexEntry - Storing mirror positions 81
  • IndexEntry - Storing seat positions 44
  • IndexEntry - Stowing things in the vehicle 294
  • IndexEntry - Sun visors 192
  • IndexEntry - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) 63
  • GroupTitle - T
  • IndexEntry - Technical data 351
  • IndexEntry - Tele Aid 220
  • IndexEntry - Initiating an emergency call 222
    • IndexSubEntry - Initiating an emergency call 222
  • IndexEntry - Telephone 101
  • IndexEntry - Incoming call 105
    • IndexSubEntry - Incoming call 105
    • IndexSubEntry - Redialing 103
    • IndexSubEntry - Telephone book 101
  • IndexEntry - Telephone, general 211
  • IndexEntry - Telephones and two-way radios 218
  • IndexEntry - Telescoping steering column - malfunction and warning messages 292
  • IndexEntry - The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km) 219
  • IndexEntry - Tire inflation pressure 315
  • IndexEntry - Tow-away alarm 39
  • IndexEntry - Towing the vehicle 321
  • IndexEntry - Transmission selector lever, manually unlocking 325
  • IndexEntry - Trip computer 107
  • IndexEntry - Trunk 35
  • IndexEntry - Opening 28
    • IndexSubEntry - Opening 28
    • IndexSubEntry - Release switch 37
  • IndexEntry - Trunk lamp 331
  • GroupTitle - U
  • IndexEntry - Unlocking the vehicle with remote control 27
  • GroupTitle - V
  • IndexEntry - Vanity mirrors 192
  • IndexEntry - Vehicle keys 22
  • IndexEntry - Vehicle tools 304
  • GroupTitle - W
  • IndexEntry - What you should know at the gas station 264
  • IndexEntry - Wheels 306
  • IndexEntry - Where to find it 7
  • IndexEntry - Window curtain airbag 68
  • IndexEntry - Windshield washer system 302
  • IndexEntry - Wiper blade
  • IndexEntry - Replacing insert 337
    • IndexSubEntry - Replacing insert 337
• Reference - Service and Literature
  • Title - Service and Literature
    • Bold - Service and Literature
  • Para - Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes-Benz pa...
  • Para - If your are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle, please contact yo...
  • Para - For further information you can find us on the Mercedes-Benz web-site
  • Para - We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data a...
  • Para - Titleillustrationno.P00.00-3006-26
  • Para - Press time 03/31/00 MBUSA/TI Printed in the U.S.A.
• Jacket -
  • Meta -
    • Data -
    • Data -
    • Data -